xref: /vim-8.2.3635/src/screen.c (revision bfd8fc05)
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
2  *
3  * VIM - Vi IMproved	by Bram Moolenaar
4  *
5  * Do ":help uganda"  in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6  * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7  * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8  */
9 
10 /*
11  * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen
12  *
13  * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized
14  * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts
15  * that changed.
16  *
17  * ScreenLines[off]  Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently
18  *		     displayed (excluding text written by external commands).
19  * ScreenAttrs[off]  Contains the associated attributes.
20  * LineOffset[row]   Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[]
21  *		     for each line.
22  * LineWraps[row]    Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line.
23  *
24  * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form
25  * one character which occupies two display cells.
26  * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in
27  * ScreenLinesUC[].  ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only.  For an ASCII
28  * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0.  When the
29  * character occupies two display cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0.
30  * ScreenLinesC1[] and ScreenLinesC2[] contain up to two composing characters
31  * (drawn on top of the first character).  They are 0 when not used.
32  * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the
33  * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character).
34  *
35  * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating
36  * ScreenLines[].
37  *
38  * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines.
39  * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero.  It may be
40  * called from other places when an immediated screen update is needed.
41  *
42  * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with:
43  * - w_topline (first buffer line in window)
44  * - w_topfill (filler line above the first line)
45  * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window),
46  * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line)
47  *
48  * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take
49  * action to update the display.  The main loop will check if w_topline is
50  * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed.
51  *
52  * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call
53  * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and
54  * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen()
55  * later.
56  *
57  * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or
58  * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating
59  * later.  The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each
60  * window that shows the changed buffer.  This assumes text above the change
61  * can remain displayed as it is.  Text after the change may need updating for
62  * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting.
63  *
64  * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or
65  * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold
66  * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window
67  * redisplayed by update_screen() later.
68  *
69  * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop')
70  * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the
71  * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later.
72  *
73  * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID).
74  * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible.
75  *
76  * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call
77  * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR).
78  *
79  * Things that are handled indirectly:
80  * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and
81  *   update_screen() called to redraw.
82  */
83 
84 #include "vim.h"
85 
86 /*
87  * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen.
88  */
89 static int	screen_attr = 0;
90 
91 /*
92  * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position.
93  * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char().
94  */
95 static int	screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col;	/* last known cursor position */
96 
97 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
98 /*
99  * Struct used for highlighting 'hlsearch' matches for the last use search
100  * pattern or a ":match" item.
101  * For 'hlsearch' there is one pattern for all windows.  For ":match" there is
102  * a different pattern for each window.
103  */
104 typedef struct
105 {
106     regmmatch_T	rm;	/* points to the regexp program; contains last found
107 			   match (may continue in next line) */
108     buf_T	*buf;	/* the buffer to search for a match */
109     linenr_T	lnum;	/* the line to search for a match */
110     int		attr;	/* attributes to be used for a match */
111     int		attr_cur; /* attributes currently active in win_line() */
112     linenr_T	first_lnum;	/* first lnum to search for multi-line pat */
113     colnr_T	startcol; /* in win_line() points to char where HL starts */
114     colnr_T	endcol;	 /* in win_line() points to char where HL ends */
115 } match_T;
116 
117 static match_T search_hl;	/* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */
118 static match_T match_hl;	/* used for ":match" highlight matching */
119 #endif
120 
121 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
122 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo;	/* info for 'foldcolumn' */
123 #endif
124 
125 /*
126  * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes).
127  */
128 static schar_T	*current_ScreenLine;
129 
130 static void win_update __ARGS((win_T *wp));
131 static void win_draw_end __ARGS((win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, enum hlf_value hl));
132 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
133 static void fold_line __ARGS((win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row));
134 static void fill_foldcolumn __ARGS((char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum));
135 static void copy_text_attr __ARGS((int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr));
136 #endif
137 static int win_line __ARGS((win_T *, linenr_T, int, int));
138 static int char_needs_redraw __ARGS((int off_from, int off_to, int cols));
139 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
140 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width, int rlflag));
141 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl)    screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c), (rl))
142 #else
143 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width));
144 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl)    screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c))
145 #endif
146 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
147 static void draw_vsep_win __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row));
148 #endif
149 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
150 static void start_search_hl __ARGS((void));
151 static void end_search_hl __ARGS((void));
152 static void prepare_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum));
153 static void next_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol));
154 #endif
155 static void screen_start_highlight __ARGS((int attr));
156 static void screen_char __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col));
157 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
158 static void screen_char_2 __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col));
159 #endif
160 static void screenclear2 __ARGS((void));
161 static void lineclear __ARGS((unsigned off, int width));
162 static void lineinvalid __ARGS((unsigned off, int width));
163 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
164 static void linecopy __ARGS((int to, int from, win_T *wp));
165 static void redraw_block __ARGS((int row, int end, win_T *wp));
166 #endif
167 static int win_do_lines __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del));
168 static void win_rest_invalid __ARGS((win_T *wp));
169 static void msg_pos_mode __ARGS((void));
170 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT)
171 static int fillchar_status __ARGS((int *attr, int is_curwin));
172 #endif
173 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
174 static int fillchar_vsep __ARGS((int *attr));
175 #endif
176 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
177 static void win_redr_custom __ARGS((win_T *wp, int Ruler));
178 #endif
179 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
180 static void win_redr_ruler __ARGS((win_T *wp, int always));
181 #endif
182 
183 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)
184 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */
185 static int screen_char_attr = 0;
186 #endif
187 
188 /*
189  * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type).
190  * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value.
191  * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing.
192  */
193     void
194 redraw_later(type)
195     int		type;
196 {
197     redraw_win_later(curwin, type);
198 }
199 
200     void
201 redraw_win_later(wp, type)
202     win_T	*wp;
203     int		type;
204 {
205     if (wp->w_redr_type < type)
206     {
207 	wp->w_redr_type = type;
208 	if (type >= NOT_VALID)
209 	    wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
210 	if (must_redraw < type)	/* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */
211 	    must_redraw = type;
212     }
213 }
214 
215 /*
216  * Force a complete redraw later.  Also resets the highlighting.  To be used
217  * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen.
218  */
219     void
220 redraw_later_clear()
221 {
222     redraw_all_later(CLEAR);
223     screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE;
224 }
225 
226 /*
227  * Mark all windows to be redrawn later.
228  */
229     void
230 redraw_all_later(type)
231     int		type;
232 {
233     win_T	*wp;
234 
235     FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
236     {
237 	redraw_win_later(wp, type);
238     }
239 }
240 
241 /*
242  * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later.
243  */
244     void
245 redraw_curbuf_later(type)
246     int		type;
247 {
248     redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type);
249 }
250 
251     void
252 redraw_buf_later(buf, type)
253     buf_T	*buf;
254     int		type;
255 {
256     win_T	*wp;
257 
258     FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
259     {
260 	if (wp->w_buffer == buf)
261 	    redraw_win_later(wp, type);
262     }
263 }
264 
265 /*
266  * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that
267  * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn.
268  * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line.
269  * Used to remove the "$" from a change command.
270  * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot
271  * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn.
272  */
273 /*ARGSUSED*/
274     void
275 redrawWinline(lnum, invalid)
276     linenr_T	lnum;
277     int		invalid;	/* window line height is invalid now */
278 {
279 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
280     int		i;
281 #endif
282 
283     if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum)
284 	curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum;
285     if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum)
286 	curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum;
287     redraw_later(VALID);
288 
289 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
290     if (invalid)
291     {
292 	/* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */
293 	i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum);
294 	if (i >= 0)
295 	    curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
296     }
297 #endif
298 }
299 
300 /*
301  * update all windows that are editing the current buffer
302  */
303     void
304 update_curbuf(type)
305     int		type;
306 {
307     redraw_curbuf_later(type);
308     update_screen(type);
309 }
310 
311 /*
312  * update_screen()
313  *
314  * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull
315  * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline.
316  */
317     void
318 update_screen(type)
319     int		type;
320 {
321     win_T	*wp;
322     static int	did_intro = FALSE;
323 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD)
324     int		did_one;
325 #endif
326 
327     if (!screen_valid(TRUE))
328 	return;
329 
330     if (must_redraw)
331     {
332 	if (type < must_redraw)	    /* use maximal type */
333 	    type = must_redraw;
334 	must_redraw = 0;
335     }
336 
337     /* Need to update w_lines[]. */
338     if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID)
339 	type = NOT_VALID;
340 
341     if (!redrawing())
342     {
343 	redraw_later(type);		/* remember type for next time */
344 	must_redraw = type;
345 	if (type > INVERTED_ALL)
346 	    curwin->w_lines_valid = 0;	/* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */
347 	return;
348     }
349 
350     updating_screen = TRUE;
351 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
352     ++display_tick;	    /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of
353 			     * display updating */
354 #endif
355 
356     /*
357      * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down
358      */
359     if (msg_scrolled)
360     {
361 	clear_cmdline = TRUE;
362 	if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5)	    /* clearing is faster */
363 	    type = CLEAR;
364 	else if (type != CLEAR)
365 	{
366 	    check_for_delay(FALSE);
367 	    if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL)
368 		type = CLEAR;
369 	    FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
370 	    {
371 		if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled)
372 		{
373 		    if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled
374 			    && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP
375 			    && wp->w_lines_valid > 0
376 			    && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum)
377 		    {
378 			wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp);
379 			wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP;
380 		    }
381 		    else
382 		    {
383 			wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID;
384 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
385 			if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp)
386 				<= msg_scrolled)
387 			    wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
388 #endif
389 		    }
390 		}
391 	    }
392 	    redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
393 	}
394 	msg_scrolled = 0;
395 	need_wait_return = FALSE;
396     }
397 
398     /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */
399     compute_cmdrow();
400 
401     /* Check for changed highlighting */
402     if (need_highlight_changed)
403 	highlight_changed();
404 
405     if (type == CLEAR)		/* first clear screen */
406     {
407 	screenclear();		/* will reset clear_cmdline */
408 	type = NOT_VALID;
409     }
410 
411     if (clear_cmdline)		/* going to clear cmdline (done below) */
412 	check_for_delay(FALSE);
413 
414 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
415     /* Force redraw when width of 'number' column changes. */
416     if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID
417 				 && curwin->w_nrwidth != number_width(curwin))
418 	curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID;
419 #endif
420 
421     /*
422      * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do.
423      */
424     if (type == INVERTED)
425 	update_curswant();
426     if (curwin->w_redr_type < type
427 	    && !((type == VALID
428 		    && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid
429 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
430 		    && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill
431 		    && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill
432 #endif
433 		    && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum)
434 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
435 		|| (type == INVERTED
436 		    && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
437 		    && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode
438 		    && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL)
439 		    && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant)
440 #endif
441 		))
442 	curwin->w_redr_type = type;
443 
444 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
445     /*
446      * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed
447      * buffer.  Each buffer must only be done once.
448      */
449     FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
450     {
451 	if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set)
452 	{
453 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
454 	    win_T	*wwp;
455 
456 	    /* Check if we already did this buffer. */
457 	    for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next)
458 		if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer)
459 		    break;
460 # endif
461 	    if (
462 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
463 		    wwp == wp &&
464 # endif
465 		    syntax_present(wp->w_buffer))
466 		syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer);
467 	}
468     }
469 #endif
470 
471     /*
472      * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need
473      * it.
474      */
475 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD)
476     did_one = FALSE;
477 #endif
478 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
479     search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL;
480 #endif
481     FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
482     {
483 	if (wp->w_redr_type != 0)
484 	{
485 	    cursor_off();
486 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD)
487 	    if (!did_one)
488 	    {
489 		did_one = TRUE;
490 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
491 		start_search_hl();
492 # endif
493 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
494 		/* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */
495 		if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel())
496 		    clip_update_selection();
497 # endif
498 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
499 		/* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because
500 		 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under
501 		 * it. */
502 		if (gui.in_use)
503 		    gui_undraw_cursor();
504 #endif
505 	    }
506 #endif
507 	    win_update(wp);
508 	}
509 
510 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
511 	/* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */
512 	if (wp->w_redr_status)
513 	{
514 	    cursor_off();
515 	    win_redr_status(wp);
516 	}
517 #endif
518     }
519 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
520     end_search_hl();
521 #endif
522 
523 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
524     /* Reset b_mod_set flags.  Going through all windows is probably faster
525      * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */
526     for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
527 	wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE;
528 #else
529 	curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE;
530 #endif
531 
532     updating_screen = FALSE;
533 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
534     gui_may_resize_shell();
535 #endif
536 
537     /* Clear or redraw the command line.  Done last, because scrolling may
538      * mess up the command line. */
539     if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
540 	showmode();
541 
542     /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */
543     if (!did_intro && bufempty()
544 	    && curbuf->b_fname == NULL
545 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
546 	    && firstwin->w_next == NULL
547 #endif
548 	    && vim_strchr(p_shm, SHM_INTRO) == NULL)
549 	intro_message(FALSE);
550     did_intro = TRUE;
551 
552 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
553     /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is
554      * done. */
555     if (gui.in_use)
556     {
557 	out_flush();	/* required before updating the cursor */
558 	if (did_one)
559 	    gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
560 	gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE);
561     }
562 #endif
563 }
564 
565 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI)
566 static void update_prepare __ARGS((void));
567 static void update_finish __ARGS((void));
568 
569 /*
570  * Prepare for updating one or more windows.
571  */
572     static void
573 update_prepare()
574 {
575     cursor_off();
576     updating_screen = TRUE;
577 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
578     /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may
579      * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */
580     if (gui.in_use)
581 	gui_undraw_cursor();
582 #endif
583 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
584     start_search_hl();
585 #endif
586 }
587 
588 /*
589  * Finish updating one or more windows.
590  */
591     static void
592 update_finish()
593 {
594     if (redraw_cmdline)
595 	showmode();
596 
597 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
598     end_search_hl();
599 # endif
600 
601     updating_screen = FALSE;
602 
603 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
604     gui_may_resize_shell();
605 
606     /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is
607      * done. */
608     if (gui.in_use)
609     {
610 	out_flush();	/* required before updating the cursor */
611 	gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
612 	gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE);
613     }
614 # endif
615 }
616 #endif
617 
618 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO)
619     void
620 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum)
621     buf_T	*buf;
622     linenr_T	lnum;
623 {
624     win_T	*wp;
625     int		doit = FALSE;
626 
627 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
628     win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0;
629 # endif
630 
631     /* update/delete a specific mark */
632     FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
633     {
634 	if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0)
635 	{
636 	    if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline
637 						      && lnum < wp->w_botline)
638 	    {
639 		if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum)
640 		    wp->w_redraw_top = lnum;
641 		if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum)
642 		    wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum;
643 		redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
644 	    }
645 	}
646 	else
647 	    redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
648 	if (wp->w_redr_type != 0)
649 	    doit = TRUE;
650     }
651 
652     if (!doit)
653 	return;
654 
655     /* update all windows that need updating */
656     update_prepare();
657 
658 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
659     for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
660     {
661 	if (wp->w_redr_type != 0)
662 	    win_update(wp);
663 	if (wp->w_redr_status)
664 	    win_redr_status(wp);
665     }
666 # else
667     if (curwin->w_redr_type != 0)
668 	win_update(curwin);
669 # endif
670 
671     update_finish();
672 }
673 #endif
674 
675 
676 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
677 /*
678  * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg.
679  * Used for the GUI scrollbar.
680  */
681     void
682 updateWindow(wp)
683     win_T	*wp;
684 {
685     update_prepare();
686 
687 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
688     /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */
689     if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel())
690 	clip_update_selection();
691 #endif
692     win_update(wp);
693 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
694     if (wp->w_redr_status
695 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
696 	    || p_ru
697 # endif
698 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
699 	    || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL
700 # endif
701 	    )
702 	win_redr_status(wp);
703 #endif
704 
705     update_finish();
706 }
707 #endif
708 
709 /*
710  * Update a single window.
711  *
712  * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the
713  * screen or scrolling lines).
714  *
715  * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type.  Each type also
716  * implies the one below it.
717  * NOT_VALID	redraw the whole window
718  * REDRAW_TOP	redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID
719  * INVERTED	redraw the changed part of the Visual area
720  * INVERTED_ALL	redraw the whole Visual area
721  * VALID	1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline
722  *		2. update lines at the top when scrolled down
723  *		3. redraw changed text:
724  *		   - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between
725  *		     b_mod_top and b_mod_bot.
726  *		   - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between
727  *		     wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot.
728  *		   - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid.
729  *		4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom.
730  * This results in three areas that may need updating:
731  * top:	from first row to top_end (when scrolled down)
732  * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text)
733  * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up)
734  */
735     static void
736 win_update(wp)
737     win_T	*wp;
738 {
739     buf_T	*buf = wp->w_buffer;
740     int		type;
741     int		top_end = 0;	/* Below last row of the top area that needs
742 				   updating.  0 when no top area updating. */
743     int		mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs
744 				   updating.  999 when no mid area updating. */
745     int		mid_end = 0;	/* Below last row of the mid area that needs
746 				   updating.  0 when no mid area updating. */
747     int		bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs
748 				   updating.  999 when no bot area updating */
749 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
750     int		scrolled_down = FALSE;	/* TRUE when scrolled down when
751 					   w_topline got smaller a bit */
752 #endif
753 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
754     int		top_to_mod = FALSE;    /* redraw above mod_top */
755 #endif
756 
757     int		row;		/* current window row to display */
758     linenr_T	lnum;		/* current buffer lnum to display */
759     int		idx;		/* current index in w_lines[] */
760     int		srow;		/* starting row of the current line */
761 
762     int		eof = FALSE;	/* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */
763     int		didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */
764     int		i;
765     long	j;
766     static int	recursive = FALSE;	/* being called recursively */
767     int		old_botline = wp->w_botline;
768 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
769     long	fold_count;
770 #endif
771 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
772     /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if
773      * check_visual_highlight() can be used */
774 #define DID_NONE 1	/* didn't update a line */
775 #define DID_LINE 2	/* updated a normal line */
776 #define DID_FOLD 3	/* updated a folded line */
777     int		did_update = DID_NONE;
778     linenr_T	syntax_last_parsed = 0;		/* last parsed text line */
779 #endif
780     linenr_T	mod_top = 0;
781     linenr_T	mod_bot = 0;
782 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
783     int		save_got_int;
784 #endif
785 
786     type = wp->w_redr_type;
787 
788     if (type == NOT_VALID)
789     {
790 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
791 	wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
792 #endif
793 	wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
794     }
795 
796     /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */
797     if (wp->w_height == 0)
798     {
799 	wp->w_redr_type = 0;
800 	return;
801     }
802 
803 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
804     /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */
805     if (wp->w_width == 0)
806     {
807 	/* draw the vertical separator right of this window */
808 	draw_vsep_win(wp, 0);
809 	wp->w_redr_type = 0;
810 	return;
811     }
812 #endif
813 
814 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
815     /* Setup for ":match" highlighting.  Disable any previous match */
816     match_hl.rm = wp->w_match;
817     if (wp->w_match_id == 0)
818 	match_hl.attr = 0;
819     else
820 	match_hl.attr = syn_id2attr(wp->w_match_id);
821     match_hl.buf = buf;
822     match_hl.lnum = 0;
823     search_hl.buf = buf;
824     search_hl.lnum = 0;
825     search_hl.first_lnum = 0;
826 #endif
827 
828 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
829     /* Force redraw when width of 'number' column changes. */
830     i = number_width(curwin);
831     if (curwin->w_nrwidth != i)
832     {
833 	type = NOT_VALID;
834 	curwin->w_nrwidth = i;
835     }
836     else
837 #endif
838 
839     if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0)
840     {
841 	/*
842 	 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be
843 	 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw
844 	 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while).
845 	 */
846 	type = NOT_VALID;
847     }
848     else
849     {
850 	/*
851 	 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of
852 	 * changes.  Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes.
853 	 */
854 	mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top;
855 	if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0)
856 	    mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1;
857 	else
858 	    mod_bot = 0;
859 	wp->w_redraw_top = 0;	/* reset for next time */
860 	wp->w_redraw_bot = 0;
861 	if (buf->b_mod_set)
862 	{
863 	    if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top)
864 	    {
865 		mod_top = buf->b_mod_top;
866 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
867 		/* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included
868 		 * in a pattern match. */
869 		if (syntax_present(buf))
870 		{
871 		    mod_top -= buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks;
872 		    if (mod_top < 1)
873 			mod_top = 1;
874 		}
875 #endif
876 	    }
877 	    if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot)
878 		mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot;
879 
880 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
881 	    /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a
882 	     * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a
883 	     * previous line invalid.  Simple solution: redraw all visible
884 	     * lines above the change.
885 	     * Same for a ":match" pattern.
886 	     */
887 	    if ((search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL
888 			&& re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog))
889 		    || (match_hl.rm.regprog != NULL
890 			&& re_multiline(match_hl.rm.regprog)))
891 		top_to_mod = TRUE;
892 #endif
893 	}
894 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
895 	if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp))
896 	{
897 	    linenr_T	lnumt, lnumb;
898 
899 	    /*
900 	     * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or
901 	     * unfolded.  Find the top most buffer line that may be affected.
902 	     * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first
903 	     * line of that fold.  If the line is folded now, get the first
904 	     * folded line.  Use the minimum of these two.
905 	     */
906 
907 	    /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top.  Set lnumt to
908 	     * the line below it.  If there is no valid entry, use w_topline.
909 	     * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot.  Set lnumb
910 	     * to this line.  If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */
911 	    lnumt = wp->w_topline;
912 	    lnumb = MAXLNUM;
913 	    for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
914 		if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
915 		{
916 		    if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top)
917 			lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1;
918 		    if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot)
919 		    {
920 			lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum;
921 			/* When there is a fold column it might need updating
922 			 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */
923 			if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0)
924 			    ++lnumb;
925 		    }
926 		}
927 
928 	    (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL);
929 	    if (mod_top > lnumt)
930 		mod_top = lnumt;
931 
932 	    /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */
933 	    --mod_bot;
934 	    (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL);
935 	    ++mod_bot;
936 	    if (mod_bot < lnumb)
937 		mod_bot = lnumb;
938 	}
939 #endif
940 
941 	/* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below
942 	 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline.
943 	 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was
944 	 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */
945 	if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline)
946 	{
947 	    if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline)
948 		mod_top = wp->w_topline;
949 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
950 	    else if (syntax_present(buf))
951 		top_end = 1;
952 #endif
953 	}
954 
955 	/* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below
956 	 * inserted/deleted lines. */
957 	if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu)
958 	    mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
959     }
960 
961     /*
962      * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end.  Used when
963      * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled.
964      */
965     if (type == REDRAW_TOP)
966     {
967 	j = 0;
968 	for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
969 	{
970 	    j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size;
971 	    if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows)
972 	    {
973 		top_end = j;
974 		break;
975 	    }
976 	}
977 	if (top_end == 0)
978 	    /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */
979 	    type = NOT_VALID;
980 	else
981 	    /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */
982 	    type = VALID;
983     }
984 
985     /*
986      * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw,
987      * handle three cases:
988      * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down
989      * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up
990      * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in
991      *    w_lines[] that needs updating.
992      */
993     if ((type == VALID || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL)
994 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
995 	    && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill
996 #endif
997 	    )
998     {
999 	if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top)
1000 	{
1001 	    /*
1002 	     * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done
1003 	     * further down.
1004 	     */
1005 	}
1006 	else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid
1007 		&& (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum
1008 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1009 		    || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum
1010 			&& wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill)
1011 #endif
1012 		   ))
1013 	{
1014 	    /*
1015 	     * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down.
1016 	     */
1017 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1018 	    if (hasAnyFolding(wp))
1019 	    {
1020 		linenr_T ln;
1021 
1022 		/* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence
1023 		 * of folded lines as one */
1024 		j = 0;
1025 		for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln)
1026 		{
1027 		    ++j;
1028 		    if (j >= wp->w_height - 2)
1029 			break;
1030 		    (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL);
1031 		}
1032 	    }
1033 	    else
1034 #endif
1035 		j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline;
1036 	    if (j < wp->w_height - 2)		/* not too far off */
1037 	    {
1038 		i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1);
1039 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1040 		/* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */
1041 		if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline)
1042 		    i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum)
1043 							  - wp->w_old_topfill;
1044 #endif
1045 		if (i < wp->w_height - 2)	/* less than a screen off */
1046 		{
1047 		    /*
1048 		     * Try to insert the correct number of lines.
1049 		     * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom.
1050 		     * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it.
1051 		     */
1052 		    if (i > 0)
1053 			check_for_delay(FALSE);
1054 		    if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK)
1055 		    {
1056 			if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0)
1057 			{
1058 			    /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the
1059 			     * first one that scrolled down. */
1060 			    top_end = i;
1061 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
1062 			    scrolled_down = TRUE;
1063 #endif
1064 
1065 			    /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable
1066 			     * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */
1067 			    if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height)
1068 				wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height;
1069 			    for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--)
1070 				wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j];
1071 			    while (idx >= 0)
1072 				wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE;
1073 			}
1074 		    }
1075 		    else
1076 			mid_start = 0;		/* redraw all lines */
1077 		}
1078 		else
1079 		    mid_start = 0;		/* redraw all lines */
1080 	    }
1081 	    else
1082 		mid_start = 0;		/* redraw all lines */
1083 	}
1084 	else
1085 	{
1086 	    /*
1087 	     * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up.
1088 	     * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that
1089 	     * needs updating.
1090 	     */
1091 
1092 	    /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */
1093 	    j = -1;
1094 	    row = 0;
1095 	    for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++)
1096 	    {
1097 		if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid
1098 			&& wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline)
1099 		{
1100 		    j = i;
1101 		    break;
1102 		}
1103 		row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size;
1104 	    }
1105 	    if (j == -1)
1106 	    {
1107 		/* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all
1108 		 * lines */
1109 		mid_start = 0;
1110 	    }
1111 	    else
1112 	    {
1113 		/*
1114 		 * Try to delete the correct number of lines.
1115 		 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum.
1116 		 */
1117 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1118 		/* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines,
1119 		 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */
1120 		if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline)
1121 		    row += wp->w_old_topfill;
1122 		else
1123 		    row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline);
1124 		/* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */
1125 		row -= wp->w_topfill;
1126 #endif
1127 		if (row > 0)
1128 		{
1129 		    check_for_delay(FALSE);
1130 		    if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK)
1131 			bot_start = wp->w_height - row;
1132 		    else
1133 			mid_start = 0;		/* redraw all lines */
1134 		}
1135 		if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0)
1136 		{
1137 		    /*
1138 		     * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still
1139 		     * valid and don't need redrawing.	Copy their info
1140 		     * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines.  Set
1141 		     * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing.
1142 		     */
1143 		    bot_start = 0;
1144 		    idx = 0;
1145 		    for (;;)
1146 		    {
1147 			wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j];
1148 			/* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still
1149 			 * valid (no lines deleted) */
1150 			if (row > 0 && bot_start + row
1151 				 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height)
1152 			{
1153 			    wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1;
1154 			    break;
1155 			}
1156 			bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size;
1157 
1158 			/* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */
1159 			if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid)
1160 			{
1161 			    wp->w_lines_valid = idx;
1162 			    break;
1163 			}
1164 		    }
1165 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1166 		    /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top
1167 		     * when it won't get updated below. */
1168 		    if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0)
1169 			wp->w_lines[0].wl_size =
1170 			    plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE)
1171 							      + wp->w_topfill;
1172 #endif
1173 		}
1174 	    }
1175 	}
1176 
1177 	/* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines.  When
1178 	 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen
1179 	 * first. */
1180 	if (mid_start == 0)
1181 	{
1182 	    mid_end = wp->w_height;
1183 	    if (lastwin == firstwin)
1184 		screenclear();
1185 	}
1186     }
1187     else
1188     {
1189 	/* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */
1190 	mid_start = 0;
1191 	mid_end = wp->w_height;
1192     }
1193 
1194 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
1195     /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */
1196     if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer)
1197 	    || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID))
1198     {
1199 	linenr_T    from, to;
1200 
1201 	if (VIsual_active)
1202 	{
1203 	    if (VIsual_active
1204 		    && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode
1205 			|| type == INVERTED_ALL))
1206 	    {
1207 		/*
1208 		 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole
1209 		 * selection.  Also when the ownership of the X selection is
1210 		 * gained or lost.
1211 		 */
1212 		if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum)
1213 		{
1214 		    from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1215 		    to = VIsual.lnum;
1216 		}
1217 		else
1218 		{
1219 		    from = VIsual.lnum;
1220 		    to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1221 		}
1222 		/* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */
1223 		if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from)
1224 		    from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1225 		if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to)
1226 		    to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1227 		if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from)
1228 		    from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1229 		if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to)
1230 		    to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1231 	    }
1232 	    else
1233 	    {
1234 		/*
1235 		 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines
1236 		 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor
1237 		 * position.  Also check if the Visual position changed.
1238 		 */
1239 		if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum)
1240 		{
1241 		    from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1242 		    to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1243 		}
1244 		else
1245 		{
1246 		    from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1247 		    to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1248 		    if (from == 0)	/* Visual mode just started */
1249 			from = to;
1250 		}
1251 
1252 		if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum
1253 					|| VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col)
1254 		{
1255 		    if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from
1256 						&& wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0)
1257 			from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1258 		    if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to)
1259 			to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1260 		    if (VIsual.lnum < from)
1261 			from = VIsual.lnum;
1262 		    if (VIsual.lnum > to)
1263 			to = VIsual.lnum;
1264 		}
1265 	    }
1266 
1267 	    /*
1268 	     * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant:
1269 	     * update all lines.
1270 	     * First compute the actual start and end column.
1271 	     */
1272 	    if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V)
1273 	    {
1274 		colnr_T	fromc, toc;
1275 
1276 		getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc);
1277 		++toc;
1278 		if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL)
1279 		    toc = MAXCOL;
1280 
1281 		if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol
1282 			|| toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol)
1283 		{
1284 		    if (from > VIsual.lnum)
1285 			from = VIsual.lnum;
1286 		    if (to < VIsual.lnum)
1287 			to = VIsual.lnum;
1288 		}
1289 		wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc;
1290 		wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc;
1291 	    }
1292 	}
1293 	else
1294 	{
1295 	    /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */
1296 	    if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum)
1297 	    {
1298 		from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1299 		to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1300 	    }
1301 	    else
1302 	    {
1303 		from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1304 		to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1305 	    }
1306 	}
1307 
1308 	/*
1309 	 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window.
1310 	 */
1311 	if (from < wp->w_topline)
1312 	    from = wp->w_topline;
1313 
1314 	/*
1315 	 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to
1316 	 * the lines that are visible in the window.
1317 	 */
1318 	if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE)
1319 	{
1320 	    if (from >= wp->w_botline)
1321 		from = wp->w_botline - 1;
1322 	    if (to >= wp->w_botline)
1323 		to = wp->w_botline - 1;
1324 	}
1325 
1326 	/*
1327 	 * Find the minimal part to be updated.
1328 	 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid.
1329 	 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets
1330 	 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line.
1331 	 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text
1332 	 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for
1333 	 * mid_end (in srow).
1334 	 */
1335 	if (mid_start > 0)
1336 	{
1337 	    lnum = wp->w_topline;
1338 	    idx = 0;
1339 	    srow = 0;
1340 	    if (scrolled_down)
1341 		mid_start = top_end;
1342 	    else
1343 		mid_start = 0;
1344 	    while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid)	/* find start */
1345 	    {
1346 		if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid)
1347 		    mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size;
1348 		else if (!scrolled_down)
1349 		    srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size;
1350 		++idx;
1351 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1352 		if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid)
1353 		    lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum;
1354 		else
1355 # endif
1356 		    ++lnum;
1357 	    }
1358 	    srow += mid_start;
1359 	    mid_end = wp->w_height;
1360 	    for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx)		/* find end */
1361 	    {
1362 		if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid
1363 			&& wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1)
1364 		{
1365 		    /* Only update until first row of this line */
1366 		    mid_end = srow;
1367 		    break;
1368 		}
1369 		srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size;
1370 	    }
1371 	}
1372     }
1373 
1374     if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer)
1375     {
1376 	wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode;
1377 	wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1378 	wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum;
1379 	wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col;
1380 	wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant;
1381     }
1382     else
1383     {
1384 	wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0;
1385 	wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0;
1386 	wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0;
1387 	wp->w_old_visual_col = 0;
1388     }
1389 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */
1390 
1391 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
1392     /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */
1393     save_got_int = got_int;
1394     got_int = 0;
1395 #endif
1396 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1397     win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0;
1398 #endif
1399 
1400     /*
1401      * Update all the window rows.
1402      */
1403     idx = 0;		/* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */
1404     row = 0;
1405     srow = 0;
1406     lnum = wp->w_topline;	/* first line shown in window */
1407     for (;;)
1408     {
1409 	/* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_
1410 	 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */
1411 	if (row == wp->w_height)
1412 	{
1413 	    didline = TRUE;
1414 	    break;
1415 	}
1416 
1417 	/* stop updating when hit the end of the file */
1418 	if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
1419 	{
1420 	    eof = TRUE;
1421 	    break;
1422 	}
1423 
1424 	/* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt
1425 	 * with.  It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */
1426 	srow = row;
1427 
1428 	/*
1429 	 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it
1430 	 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid.
1431 	 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using
1432 	 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it.
1433 	 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will
1434 	 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is
1435 	 * the same again, just update until the end of the window.
1436 	 */
1437 	if (row < top_end
1438 		|| (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end)
1439 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
1440 		|| top_to_mod
1441 #endif
1442 		|| idx >= wp->w_lines_valid
1443 		|| (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start)
1444 		|| (mod_top != 0
1445 		    && (lnum == mod_top
1446 			|| (lnum >= mod_top
1447 			    && (lnum < mod_bot
1448 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1449 				|| did_update == DID_FOLD
1450 				|| (did_update == DID_LINE
1451 				    && syntax_present(buf)
1452 				    && (
1453 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1454 					(foldmethodIsSyntax(wp)
1455 						      && hasAnyFolding(wp)) ||
1456 # endif
1457 					syntax_check_changed(lnum)))
1458 #endif
1459 				)))))
1460 	{
1461 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
1462 	    if (lnum == mod_top)
1463 		top_to_mod = FALSE;
1464 #endif
1465 
1466 	    /*
1467 	     * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines
1468 	     * up or down to minimize redrawing.
1469 	     * Don't do this when the change continues until the end.
1470 	     * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol is non-zero, keep the "$".
1471 	     */
1472 	    if (lnum == mod_top
1473 		    && mod_bot != MAXLNUM
1474 		    && !(dollar_vcol != 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1))
1475 	    {
1476 		int		old_rows = 0;
1477 		int		new_rows = 0;
1478 		int		xtra_rows;
1479 		linenr_T	l;
1480 
1481 		/* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which
1482 		 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are
1483 		 * currently displayed. */
1484 		for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
1485 		{
1486 		    /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum.  Invalid
1487 		     * lines are part of the changed area. */
1488 		    if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid
1489 			    && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot)
1490 			break;
1491 		    old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size;
1492 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1493 		    if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid
1494 			    && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot)
1495 		    {
1496 			/* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot.
1497 			 * Add following invalid entries. */
1498 			++i;
1499 			while (i < wp->w_lines_valid
1500 						  && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
1501 			    old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size;
1502 			break;
1503 		    }
1504 #endif
1505 		}
1506 
1507 		if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid)
1508 		{
1509 		    /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines,
1510 		     * need to redraw until the end of the window.
1511 		     * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */
1512 		    bot_start = 0;
1513 		}
1514 		else
1515 		{
1516 		    /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window
1517 		     * rows, and may insert/delete lines */
1518 		    j = idx;
1519 		    for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l)
1520 		    {
1521 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1522 			if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL))
1523 			    ++new_rows;
1524 			else
1525 #endif
1526 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1527 			    if (l == wp->w_topline)
1528 			    new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE)
1529 							      + wp->w_topfill;
1530 			else
1531 #endif
1532 			    new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE);
1533 			++j;
1534 			if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2)
1535 			{
1536 			    /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */
1537 			    new_rows = 9999;
1538 			    break;
1539 			}
1540 		    }
1541 		    xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows;
1542 		    if (xtra_rows < 0)
1543 		    {
1544 			/* May scroll text up.  If there is not enough
1545 			 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the
1546 			 * rest.  If scrolling works, must redraw the text
1547 			 * below the scrolled text. */
1548 			if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2)
1549 			    mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1550 			else
1551 			{
1552 			    check_for_delay(FALSE);
1553 			    if (win_del_lines(wp, row,
1554 					    -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL)
1555 				mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1556 			    else
1557 				bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows;
1558 			}
1559 		    }
1560 		    else if (xtra_rows > 0)
1561 		    {
1562 			/* May scroll text down.  If there is not enough
1563 			 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the
1564 			 * rest. */
1565 			if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2)
1566 			    mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1567 			else
1568 			{
1569 			    check_for_delay(FALSE);
1570 			    if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows,
1571 					     xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL)
1572 				mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1573 			    else if (top_end > row + old_rows)
1574 				/* Scrolled the part at the top that requires
1575 				 * updating down. */
1576 				top_end += xtra_rows;
1577 			}
1578 		    }
1579 
1580 		    /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[]
1581 		     * entries. */
1582 		    if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j)
1583 		    {
1584 			if (j < i)
1585 			{
1586 			    int x = row + new_rows;
1587 
1588 			    /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */
1589 			    for (;;)
1590 			    {
1591 				/* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */
1592 				if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid)
1593 				{
1594 				    wp->w_lines_valid = j;
1595 				    break;
1596 				}
1597 				wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i];
1598 				/* stop at a line that won't fit */
1599 				if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size
1600 							   > wp->w_height)
1601 				{
1602 				    wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1;
1603 				    break;
1604 				}
1605 				x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size;
1606 				++i;
1607 			    }
1608 			    if (bot_start > x)
1609 				bot_start = x;
1610 			}
1611 			else /* j > i */
1612 			{
1613 			    /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */
1614 			    j -= i;
1615 			    wp->w_lines_valid += j;
1616 			    if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height)
1617 				wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height;
1618 			    for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i)
1619 				wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j];
1620 
1621 			    /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are
1622 			     * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above.
1623 			     * Reset to zero. */
1624 			    while (i >= idx)
1625 			    {
1626 				wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0;
1627 				wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE;
1628 			    }
1629 			}
1630 		    }
1631 		}
1632 	    }
1633 
1634 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1635 	    /*
1636 	     * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them.
1637 	     * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when
1638 	     * 'wrap' is on).
1639 	     */
1640 	    fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo);
1641 	    if (fold_count != 0)
1642 	    {
1643 		fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row);
1644 		++row;
1645 		--fold_count;
1646 		wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE;
1647 		wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count;
1648 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1649 		did_update = DID_FOLD;
1650 # endif
1651 	    }
1652 	    else
1653 #endif
1654 	    if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid
1655 		    && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid
1656 		    && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum
1657 		    && lnum > wp->w_topline
1658 		    && !(dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE)
1659 		    && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height
1660 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1661 		    && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0
1662 #endif
1663 		    )
1664 	    {
1665 		/* This line is not going to fit.  Don't draw anything here,
1666 		 * will draw "@  " lines below. */
1667 		row = wp->w_height + 1;
1668 	    }
1669 	    else
1670 	    {
1671 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
1672 		prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum);
1673 #endif
1674 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1675 		/* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */
1676 		if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum
1677 						       && syntax_present(buf))
1678 		    syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1);
1679 #endif
1680 
1681 		/*
1682 		 * Display one line.
1683 		 */
1684 		row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height);
1685 
1686 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1687 		wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE;
1688 		wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum;
1689 #endif
1690 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1691 		did_update = DID_LINE;
1692 		syntax_last_parsed = lnum;
1693 #endif
1694 	    }
1695 
1696 	    wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum;
1697 	    wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE;
1698 	    if (row > wp->w_height)	/* past end of screen */
1699 	    {
1700 		/* we may need the size of that too long line later on */
1701 		if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1702 		    wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE);
1703 		++idx;
1704 		break;
1705 	    }
1706 	    if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1707 		wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow;
1708 	    ++idx;
1709 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1710 	    lnum += fold_count + 1;
1711 #else
1712 	    ++lnum;
1713 #endif
1714 	}
1715 	else
1716 	{
1717 	    /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */
1718 	    row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size;
1719 	    if (row > wp->w_height)	/* past end of screen */
1720 		break;
1721 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1722 	    lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1;
1723 #else
1724 	    ++lnum;
1725 #endif
1726 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1727 	    did_update = DID_NONE;
1728 #endif
1729 	}
1730 
1731 	if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
1732 	{
1733 	    eof = TRUE;
1734 	    break;
1735 	}
1736     }
1737     /*
1738      * End of loop over all window lines.
1739      */
1740 
1741 
1742     if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid)
1743 	wp->w_lines_valid = idx;
1744 
1745 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1746     /*
1747      * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here.
1748      */
1749     if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(buf))
1750 	syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1);
1751 #endif
1752 
1753     /*
1754      * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last
1755      * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit.
1756      */
1757     wp->w_empty_rows = 0;
1758 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1759     wp->w_filler_rows = 0;
1760 #endif
1761     if (!eof && !didline)
1762     {
1763 	if (lnum == wp->w_topline)
1764 	{
1765 	    /*
1766 	     * Single line that does not fit!
1767 	     * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited.
1768 	     */
1769 	    wp->w_botline = lnum + 1;
1770 	}
1771 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1772 	else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow)
1773 	{
1774 	    /* Window ends in filler lines. */
1775 	    wp->w_botline = lnum;
1776 	    wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow;
1777 	}
1778 #endif
1779 	else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE)	/* 'display' has "lastline" */
1780 	{
1781 	    /*
1782 	     * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end.
1783 	     */
1784 	    screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1,
1785 		    W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height,
1786 		    (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
1787 		    '@', '@', hl_attr(HLF_AT));
1788 	    set_empty_rows(wp, srow);
1789 	    wp->w_botline = lnum;
1790 	}
1791 	else
1792 	{
1793 	    win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT);
1794 	    wp->w_botline = lnum;
1795 	}
1796     }
1797     else
1798     {
1799 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1800 	draw_vsep_win(wp, row);
1801 #endif
1802 	if (eof)		/* we hit the end of the file */
1803 	{
1804 	    wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
1805 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1806 	    j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline);
1807 	    if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill)
1808 	    {
1809 		/*
1810 		 * Display filler lines at the end of the file
1811 		 */
1812 		if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1)
1813 		    i = '-';
1814 		else
1815 		    i = fill_diff;
1816 		if (row + j > wp->w_height)
1817 		    j = wp->w_height - row;
1818 		win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED);
1819 		row += j;
1820 	    }
1821 #endif
1822 	}
1823 	else if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1824 	    wp->w_botline = lnum;
1825 
1826 	/* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */
1827 	/* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */
1828 	win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT);
1829     }
1830 
1831     /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */
1832     wp->w_redr_type = 0;
1833 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1834     wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill;
1835     wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill;
1836 #endif
1837 
1838     if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1839     {
1840 	/*
1841 	 * There is a trick with w_botline.  If we invalidate it on each
1842 	 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive
1843 	 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time.  Therefore the
1844 	 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to
1845 	 * compute the value of w_topline.  If the value of w_botline was
1846 	 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on
1847 	 * the visible part of the text).  If it's not, we need to redraw
1848 	 * again.  Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it
1849 	 * doesn't look too bad.  Only do this for the current window (where
1850 	 * changes are relevant).
1851 	 */
1852 	wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE;
1853 	if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive)
1854 	{
1855 	    recursive = TRUE;
1856 	    curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE;
1857 	    update_topline();	/* may invalidate w_botline again */
1858 	    if (must_redraw != 0)
1859 	    {
1860 		/* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */
1861 		i = curbuf->b_mod_set;
1862 		curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE;
1863 		win_update(curwin);
1864 		must_redraw = 0;
1865 		curbuf->b_mod_set = i;
1866 	    }
1867 	    recursive = FALSE;
1868 	}
1869     }
1870 
1871 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
1872     /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */
1873     if (!got_int)
1874 	got_int = save_got_int;
1875 #endif
1876 }
1877 
1878 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
1879 static int draw_signcolumn __ARGS((win_T *wp));
1880 
1881 /*
1882  * Return TRUE when window "wp" has a column to draw signs in.
1883  */
1884     static int
1885 draw_signcolumn(wp)
1886     win_T *wp;
1887 {
1888     return (wp->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
1889 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
1890 			    || usingNetbeans
1891 # endif
1892 		    );
1893 }
1894 #endif
1895 
1896 /*
1897  * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1".  use "c2"
1898  * as the filler character.
1899  */
1900     static void
1901 win_draw_end(wp, c1, c2, row, endrow, hl)
1902     win_T	*wp;
1903     int		c1;
1904     int		c2;
1905     int		row;
1906     int		endrow;
1907     enum hlf_value hl;
1908 {
1909 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN)
1910     int		n = 0;
1911 # define FDC_OFF n
1912 #else
1913 # define FDC_OFF 0
1914 #endif
1915 
1916 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1917     if (wp->w_p_rl)
1918     {
1919 	/* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */
1920 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1921 	n = wp->w_p_fdc;
1922 
1923 	if (n > 0)
1924 	{
1925 	    /* draw the fold column at the right */
1926 	    if (n > W_WIDTH(wp))
1927 		n = W_WIDTH(wp);
1928 	    screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
1929 		    W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
1930 		    ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC));
1931 	}
1932 # endif
1933 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
1934 	if (draw_signcolumn(wp))
1935 	{
1936 	    int nn = n + 2;
1937 
1938 	    /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */
1939 	    if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp))
1940 		nn = W_WIDTH(wp);
1941 	    screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
1942 		    W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n,
1943 		    ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC));
1944 	    n = nn;
1945 	}
1946 # endif
1947 	screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
1948 		W_WINCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF,
1949 		c2, c2, hl_attr(hl));
1950 	screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
1951 		W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF,
1952 		c1, c2, hl_attr(hl));
1953     }
1954     else
1955 #endif
1956     {
1957 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
1958 	if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin)
1959 	{
1960 	    /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */
1961 	    n = 1;
1962 	    if (n > wp->w_width)
1963 		n = wp->w_width;
1964 	    screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
1965 		    W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + n,
1966 		    cmdwin_type, ' ', hl_attr(HLF_AT));
1967 	}
1968 #endif
1969 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1970 	if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0)
1971 	{
1972 	    int	    nn = n + wp->w_p_fdc;
1973 
1974 	    /* draw the fold column at the left */
1975 	    if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp))
1976 		nn = W_WIDTH(wp);
1977 	    screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
1978 		    W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn,
1979 		    ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC));
1980 	    n = nn;
1981 	}
1982 #endif
1983 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
1984 	if (draw_signcolumn(wp))
1985 	{
1986 	    int	    nn = n + 2;
1987 
1988 	    /* draw the sign column after the fold column */
1989 	    if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp))
1990 		nn = W_WIDTH(wp);
1991 	    screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
1992 		    W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn,
1993 		    ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC));
1994 	    n = nn;
1995 	}
1996 #endif
1997 	screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
1998 		W_WINCOL(wp) + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
1999 		c1, c2, hl_attr(hl));
2000     }
2001     set_empty_rows(wp, row);
2002 }
2003 
2004 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2005 /*
2006  * Display one folded line.
2007  */
2008     static void
2009 fold_line(wp, fold_count, foldinfo, lnum, row)
2010     win_T	*wp;
2011     long	fold_count;
2012     foldinfo_T	*foldinfo;
2013     linenr_T	lnum;
2014     int		row;
2015 {
2016     char_u	buf[51];
2017     pos_T	*top, *bot;
2018     linenr_T	lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1;
2019     int		len;
2020     char_u	*text;
2021     int		fdc;
2022     int		col;
2023     int		txtcol;
2024     int		off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
2025     int		ri;
2026 
2027     /* Build the fold line:
2028      * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window
2029      * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn'
2030      * 3. Add the 'number' column
2031      * 4. Compose the text
2032      * 5. Add the text
2033      * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text
2034      */
2035     col = 0;
2036 
2037     /*
2038      * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window
2039      * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left.
2040      */
2041 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
2042     if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin)
2043     {
2044 	ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type;
2045 	ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
2046 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2047 	if (enc_utf8)
2048 	    ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
2049 #endif
2050 	++col;
2051     }
2052 #endif
2053 
2054     /*
2055      * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn'
2056      */
2057     fdc = wp->w_p_fdc;
2058     if (fdc > W_WIDTH(wp) - col)
2059 	fdc = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2060     if (fdc > 0)
2061     {
2062 	fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum);
2063 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2064 	if (wp->w_p_rl)
2065 	{
2066 	    int		i;
2067 
2068 	    copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - fdc - col, buf, fdc,
2069 							     hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2070 	    /* reverse the fold column */
2071 	    for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i)
2072 		ScreenLines[off + W_WIDTH(wp) - i - 1 - col] = buf[i];
2073 	}
2074 	else
2075 #endif
2076 	    copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2077 	col += fdc;
2078     }
2079 
2080 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2081 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l)  if (wp->w_p_rl) \
2082 				for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \
2083 				   ScreenAttrs[off + (W_WIDTH(wp) - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \
2084 			     else \
2085 				for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \
2086 				   ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v
2087 #else
2088 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l)   for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \
2089 				 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v
2090 #endif
2091 
2092     /* Set all attributes of the 'number' column and the text */
2093     RL_MEMSET(col, hl_attr(HLF_FL), W_WIDTH(wp) - col);
2094 
2095 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2096     /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */
2097     if (draw_signcolumn(wp))
2098     {
2099 	len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2100 	if (len > 0)
2101 	{
2102 	    if (len > 2)
2103 		len = 2;
2104 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2105 	    if (wp->w_p_rl)
2106 		/* the line number isn't reversed */
2107 		copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col,
2108 					(char_u *)"  ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2109 	    else
2110 # endif
2111 		copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)"  ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2112 	    col += len;
2113 	}
2114     }
2115 #endif
2116 
2117     /*
2118      * 3. Add the 'number' column
2119      */
2120     if (wp->w_p_nu)
2121     {
2122 	len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2123 	if (len > 0)
2124 	{
2125 	    int	    w = number_width(wp);
2126 
2127 	    if (len > w + 1)
2128 		len = w + 1;
2129 	    sprintf((char *)buf, "%*ld ", w, (long)lnum);
2130 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2131 	    if (wp->w_p_rl)
2132 		/* the line number isn't reversed */
2133 		copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, buf, len,
2134 							     hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2135 	    else
2136 #endif
2137 		copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2138 	    col += len;
2139 	}
2140     }
2141 
2142     /*
2143      * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set.
2144      */
2145     text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf);
2146 
2147     txtcol = col;	/* remember where text starts */
2148 
2149     /*
2150      * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine.  Fill up with "fill_fold".
2151      *    Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put
2152      *    in columns number-col - window-width.
2153      */
2154 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2155     if (has_mbyte)
2156     {
2157 	int	cells;
2158 	int	u8c, u8c_c1, u8c_c2;
2159 	int	idx;
2160 	int	c_len;
2161 	char_u	*p;
2162 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2163 	int	prev_c = 0;		/* previous Arabic character */
2164 	int	prev_c1 = 0;		/* first composing char for prev_c */
2165 # endif
2166 
2167 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2168 	if (wp->w_p_rl)
2169 	    idx = off;
2170 	else
2171 # endif
2172 	    idx = off + col;
2173 
2174 	/* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */
2175 	for (p = text; *p != NUL; )
2176 	{
2177 	    cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p);
2178 	    c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
2179 	    if (col + cells > W_WIDTH(wp)
2180 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2181 		    - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0)
2182 # endif
2183 		    )
2184 		break;
2185 	    ScreenLines[idx] = *p;
2186 	    if (enc_utf8)
2187 	    {
2188 		u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, &u8c_c1, &u8c_c2);
2189 		if (*p < 0x80 && u8c_c1 == 0 && u8c_c2 == 0)
2190 		{
2191 		    ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0;
2192 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2193 		    prev_c = u8c;
2194 #endif
2195 		}
2196 		else
2197 		{
2198 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2199 		    if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c))
2200 		    {
2201 			/* Do Arabic shaping. */
2202 			int	pc, pc1, nc, dummy;
2203 			int	firstbyte = *p;
2204 
2205 			/* The idea of what is the previous and next
2206 			 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */
2207 			if (wp->w_p_rl)
2208 			{
2209 			    pc = prev_c;
2210 			    pc1 = prev_c1;
2211 			    nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len);
2212 			    prev_c1 = u8c_c1;
2213 			}
2214 			else
2215 			{
2216 			    pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, &pc1, &dummy);
2217 			    nc = prev_c;
2218 			}
2219 			prev_c = u8c;
2220 
2221 			u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8c_c1,
2222 								 pc, pc1, nc);
2223 			ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte;
2224 		    }
2225 		    else
2226 			prev_c = u8c;
2227 #endif
2228 		    /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */
2229 		    if (u8c >= 0x10000)
2230 			ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?';
2231 		    else
2232 			ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c;
2233 		    ScreenLinesC1[idx] = u8c_c1;
2234 		    ScreenLinesC2[idx] = u8c_c2;
2235 		}
2236 		if (cells > 1)
2237 		    ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0;
2238 	    }
2239 	    else if (cells > 1)	    /* double-byte character */
2240 	    {
2241 		if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e)
2242 		    ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1];
2243 		else
2244 		    ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1];
2245 	    }
2246 	    col += cells;
2247 	    idx += cells;
2248 	    p += c_len;
2249 	}
2250     }
2251     else
2252 #endif
2253     {
2254 	len = (int)STRLEN(text);
2255 	if (len > W_WIDTH(wp) - col)
2256 	    len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2257 	if (len > 0)
2258 	{
2259 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2260 	    if (wp->w_p_rl)
2261 		STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len);
2262 	    else
2263 #endif
2264 		STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len);
2265 	    col += len;
2266 	}
2267     }
2268 
2269     /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */
2270 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2271     if (wp->w_p_rl)
2272 	col -= txtcol;
2273 #endif
2274     while (col < W_WIDTH(wp)
2275 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2276 		    - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0)
2277 #endif
2278 	    )
2279     {
2280 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2281 	if (enc_utf8)
2282 	{
2283 	    if (fill_fold >= 0x80)
2284 	    {
2285 		ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold;
2286 		ScreenLinesC1[off + col] = 0;
2287 		ScreenLinesC2[off + col] = 0;
2288 	    }
2289 	    else
2290 		ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0;
2291 	}
2292 #endif
2293 	ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold;
2294     }
2295 
2296     if (text != buf)
2297 	vim_free(text);
2298 
2299     /*
2300      * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text.
2301      * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line.
2302      */
2303 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
2304     if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer)
2305     {
2306 	if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual))
2307 	{
2308 	    /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */
2309 	    top = &curwin->w_cursor;
2310 	    bot = &VIsual;
2311 	}
2312 	else
2313 	{
2314 	    /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */
2315 	    top = &VIsual;
2316 	    bot = &curwin->w_cursor;
2317 	}
2318 	if (lnum >= top->lnum
2319 		&& lnume <= bot->lnum
2320 		&& (VIsual_mode != 'v'
2321 		    || ((lnum > top->lnum
2322 			    || (lnum == top->lnum
2323 				&& top->col == 0))
2324 			&& (lnume < bot->lnum
2325 			    || (lnume == bot->lnum
2326 				&& (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e'))
2327 		>= STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE)))))))
2328 	{
2329 	    if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V)
2330 	    {
2331 		/* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */
2332 		if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp))
2333 		{
2334 		    if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp))
2335 			len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol;
2336 		    else
2337 			len = W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol;
2338 		    RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V),
2339 					    len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol);
2340 		}
2341 	    }
2342 	    else
2343 	    {
2344 		/* Set all attributes of the text */
2345 		RL_MEMSET(txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol);
2346 	    }
2347 	}
2348     }
2349 #endif
2350 
2351 
2352     SCREEN_LINE(row + W_WINROW(wp), W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WIDTH(wp),
2353 						     (int)W_WIDTH(wp), FALSE);
2354 
2355     /*
2356      * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was
2357      * updated (saves a call to plines() later).
2358      */
2359     if (wp == curwin
2360 	    && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2361 	    && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
2362     {
2363 	curwin->w_cline_row = row;
2364 	curwin->w_cline_height = 1;
2365 	curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE;
2366 	curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW);
2367     }
2368 }
2369 
2370 /*
2371  * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr".
2372  */
2373     static void
2374 copy_text_attr(off, buf, len, attr)
2375     int		off;
2376     char_u	*buf;
2377     int		len;
2378     int		attr;
2379 {
2380     int		i;
2381 
2382     mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len);
2383 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2384     if (enc_utf8)
2385 	vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len);
2386 # endif
2387     for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
2388 	ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr;
2389 }
2390 
2391 /*
2392  * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp".
2393  */
2394     static void
2395 fill_foldcolumn(p, wp, closed, lnum)
2396     char_u	*p;
2397     win_T	*wp;
2398     int		closed;		/* TRUE of FALSE */
2399     linenr_T	lnum;		/* current line number */
2400 {
2401     int		i = 0;
2402     int		level;
2403     int		first_level;
2404     int		empty;
2405 
2406     /* Init to all spaces. */
2407     copy_spaces(p, (size_t)wp->w_p_fdc);
2408 
2409     level = win_foldinfo.fi_level;
2410     if (level > 0)
2411     {
2412 	/* If there is only one column put more info in it. */
2413 	empty = (wp->w_p_fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1;
2414 
2415 	/* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that
2416 	 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */
2417 	first_level = level - wp->w_p_fdc - closed + 1 + empty;
2418 	if (first_level < 1)
2419 	    first_level = 1;
2420 
2421 	for (i = 0; i + empty < wp->w_p_fdc; ++i)
2422 	{
2423 	    if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum
2424 			      && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level)
2425 		p[i] = '-';
2426 	    else if (first_level == 1)
2427 		p[i] = '|';
2428 	    else if (first_level + i <= 9)
2429 		p[i] = '0' + first_level + i;
2430 	    else
2431 		p[i] = '>';
2432 	    if (first_level + i == level)
2433 		break;
2434 	}
2435     }
2436     if (closed)
2437 	p[i] = '+';
2438 }
2439 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */
2440 
2441 /*
2442  * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen.
2443  * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached.
2444  * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid.
2445  *
2446  * Return the number of last row the line occupies.
2447  */
2448     static int
2449 win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow)
2450     win_T	*wp;
2451     linenr_T	lnum;
2452     int		startrow;
2453     int		endrow;
2454 {
2455     int		col;			/* visual column on screen */
2456     unsigned	off;			/* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */
2457     int		c = 0;			/* init for GCC */
2458     long	vcol = 0;		/* virtual column (for tabs) */
2459     long	vcol_prev = -1;		/* "vcol" of previous character */
2460     char_u	*line;			/* current line */
2461     char_u	*ptr;			/* current position in "line" */
2462     int		row;			/* row in the window, excl w_winrow */
2463     int		screen_row;		/* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */
2464 
2465     char_u	extra[18];		/* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */
2466     int		n_extra = 0;		/* number of extra chars */
2467     char_u	*p_extra = NULL;	/* string of extra chars */
2468     int		c_extra = NUL;		/* extra chars, all the same */
2469     int		extra_attr = 0;		/* attributes when n_extra != 0 */
2470     static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when
2471 					   displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */
2472     int		lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol;	/* lcs_eol until it's been used */
2473     int		lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec;   /* lcs_prec until it's been used */
2474 
2475     /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */
2476     int		saved_n_extra = 0;
2477     char_u	*saved_p_extra = NULL;
2478     int		saved_c_extra = 0;
2479     int		saved_char_attr = 0;
2480 
2481     int		n_attr = 0;		/* chars with special attr */
2482     int		saved_attr2 = 0;	/* char_attr saved for n_attr */
2483     int		n_attr3 = 0;		/* chars with overruling special attr */
2484     int		saved_attr3 = 0;	/* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */
2485 
2486     int		n_skip = 0;		/* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */
2487 
2488     int		fromcol, tocol;		/* start/end of inverting */
2489     int		fromcol_prev = -2;	/* start of inverting after cursor */
2490     int		noinvcur = FALSE;	/* don't invert the cursor */
2491 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
2492     pos_T	*top, *bot;
2493 #endif
2494     pos_T	pos;
2495     long	v;
2496 
2497     int		char_attr = 0;		/* attributes for next character */
2498     int		area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting
2499 					      in this line */
2500     int		attr = 0;		/* attributes for area highlighting */
2501     int		area_attr = 0;		/* attributes desired by highlighting */
2502     int		search_attr = 0;	/* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */
2503 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
2504     int		syntax_attr = 0;	/* attributes desired by syntax */
2505     int		has_syntax = FALSE;	/* this buffer has syntax highl. */
2506     int		save_did_emsg;
2507     int		has_spell = FALSE;	/* this buffer has spell checking */
2508 # define SPWORDLEN 150
2509     char_u	nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */
2510     int		nextlinecol = 0;	/* column where nextline[] starts */
2511     int		nextline_idx = 0;	/* index in nextline[] where next line
2512 					   starts */
2513     int		spell_attr = 0;		/* attributes desired by spelling */
2514     int		word_end = 0;		/* last byte with same spell_attr */
2515     static linenr_T  checked_lnum = 0;	/* line number for "checked_col" */
2516     static int	checked_col = 0;	/* column in "checked_lnum" up to which
2517 					 * there are no spell errors */
2518     static int	cap_col = -1;		/* column to check for Cap word */
2519     static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0;	/* line number where "cap_col" used */
2520     int		cur_checked_col = 0;	/* checked column for current line */
2521 #endif
2522     int		extra_check;		/* has syntax or linebreak */
2523 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2524     int		multi_attr = 0;		/* attributes desired by multibyte */
2525     int		mb_l = 1;		/* multi-byte byte length */
2526     int		mb_c = 0;		/* decoded multi-byte character */
2527     int		mb_utf8 = FALSE;	/* screen char is UTF-8 char */
2528     int		u8c_c1 = 0;		/* first composing UTF-8 char */
2529     int		u8c_c2 = 0;		/* second composing UTF-8 char */
2530 #endif
2531 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2532     int		filler_lines;		/* nr of filler lines to be drawn */
2533     int		filler_todo;		/* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */
2534     enum hlf_value diff_hlf = (enum hlf_value)0; /* type of diff highlighting */
2535     int		change_start = MAXCOL;	/* first col of changed area */
2536     int		change_end = -1;	/* last col of changed area */
2537 #endif
2538     colnr_T	trailcol = MAXCOL;	/* start of trailing spaces */
2539 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
2540     int		need_showbreak = FALSE;
2541 #endif
2542 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || (defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS))
2543 # define LINE_ATTR
2544     int		line_attr = 0;		/* atrribute for the whole line */
2545 #endif
2546 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
2547     match_T	*shl;			/* points to search_hl or match_hl */
2548 #endif
2549 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2550     int		prev_c = 0;		/* previous Arabic character */
2551     int		prev_c1 = 0;		/* first composing char for prev_c */
2552 #endif
2553 
2554     /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */
2555 #define WL_START	0		/* nothing done yet */
2556 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
2557 # define WL_CMDLINE	WL_START + 1	/* cmdline window column */
2558 #else
2559 # define WL_CMDLINE	WL_START
2560 #endif
2561 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2562 # define WL_FOLD	WL_CMDLINE + 1	/* 'foldcolumn' */
2563 #else
2564 # define WL_FOLD	WL_CMDLINE
2565 #endif
2566 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2567 # define WL_SIGN	WL_FOLD + 1	/* column for signs */
2568 #else
2569 # define WL_SIGN	WL_FOLD		/* column for signs */
2570 #endif
2571 #define WL_NR		WL_SIGN + 1	/* line number */
2572 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF)
2573 # define WL_SBR		WL_NR + 1	/* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */
2574 #else
2575 # define WL_SBR		WL_NR
2576 #endif
2577 #define WL_LINE		WL_SBR + 1	/* text in the line */
2578     int		draw_state = WL_START;	/* what to draw next */
2579 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(FEAT_GUI_KDE))
2580     int		feedback_col = 0;
2581     int		feedback_old_attr = -1;
2582 #endif
2583 
2584 
2585     if (startrow > endrow)		/* past the end already! */
2586 	return startrow;
2587 
2588     row = startrow;
2589     screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp);
2590 
2591     /*
2592      * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak,
2593      * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done.
2594      */
2595 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
2596     extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr;
2597 #else
2598     extra_check = 0;
2599 #endif
2600 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
2601     if (syntax_present(wp->w_buffer) && !wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error)
2602     {
2603 	/* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line.  When there is an
2604 	 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */
2605 	save_did_emsg = did_emsg;
2606 	did_emsg = FALSE;
2607 	syntax_start(wp, lnum);
2608 	if (did_emsg)
2609 	    wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error = TRUE;
2610 	else
2611 	{
2612 	    did_emsg = save_did_emsg;
2613 	    has_syntax = TRUE;
2614 	    extra_check = TRUE;
2615 	}
2616     }
2617 
2618     if (wp->w_p_spell
2619 	    && *wp->w_buffer->b_p_spl != NUL
2620 	    && wp->w_buffer->b_langp.ga_len > 0
2621 	    && *(char **)(wp->w_buffer->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL)
2622     {
2623 	/* Prepare for spell checking. */
2624 	has_spell = TRUE;
2625 	extra_check = TRUE;
2626 
2627 	/* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next
2628 	 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.".
2629 	 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */
2630 	nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL;
2631 	if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count)
2632 	{
2633 	    line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE);
2634 	    spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN);
2635 	}
2636 
2637 	/* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current
2638 	 * line is valid. */
2639 	if (lnum == checked_lnum)
2640 	    cur_checked_col = checked_col;
2641 	checked_lnum = 0;
2642 
2643 	/* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a
2644 	 * word starting with capital in this line.  In line 1 always check
2645 	 * the first word. */
2646 	if (lnum != capcol_lnum)
2647 	    cap_col = -1;
2648 	if (lnum == 1)
2649 	    cap_col = 0;
2650 	capcol_lnum = 0;
2651     }
2652 #endif
2653 
2654     /*
2655      * handle visual active in this window
2656      */
2657     fromcol = -10;
2658     tocol = MAXCOL;
2659 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
2660     if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer)
2661     {
2662 					/* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */
2663 	if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual))
2664 	{
2665 	    top = &curwin->w_cursor;
2666 	    bot = &VIsual;
2667 	}
2668 	else				/* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */
2669 	{
2670 	    top = &VIsual;
2671 	    bot = &curwin->w_cursor;
2672 	}
2673 	if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V)	/* block mode */
2674 	{
2675 	    if (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum)
2676 	    {
2677 		fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol;
2678 		tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol;
2679 	    }
2680 	}
2681 	else				/* non-block mode */
2682 	{
2683 	    if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum)
2684 		fromcol = 0;
2685 	    else if (lnum == top->lnum)
2686 	    {
2687 		if (VIsual_mode == 'V')	/* linewise */
2688 		    fromcol = 0;
2689 		else
2690 		{
2691 		    getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL);
2692 		    if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL)
2693 			tocol = fromcol + 1;
2694 		}
2695 	    }
2696 	    if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum)
2697 	    {
2698 		if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0
2699 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2700 			&& bot->coladd == 0
2701 #endif
2702 		   )
2703 		{
2704 		    fromcol = -10;
2705 		    tocol = MAXCOL;
2706 		}
2707 		else if (bot->col == MAXCOL)
2708 		    tocol = MAXCOL;
2709 		else
2710 		{
2711 		    pos = *bot;
2712 		    if (*p_sel == 'e')
2713 			getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL);
2714 		    else
2715 		    {
2716 			getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol);
2717 			++tocol;
2718 		    }
2719 		}
2720 	    }
2721 	}
2722 
2723 #ifndef MSDOS
2724 	/* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */
2725 	if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin
2726 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
2727 		&& !gui.in_use
2728 # endif
2729 		)
2730 	    noinvcur = TRUE;
2731 #endif
2732 
2733 	/* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */
2734 	if (fromcol >= 0)
2735 	{
2736 	    area_highlighting = TRUE;
2737 	    attr = hl_attr(HLF_V);
2738 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11)
2739 	    if (clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned && clip_isautosel())
2740 		attr = hl_attr(HLF_VNC);
2741 #endif
2742 	}
2743     }
2744 
2745     /*
2746      * handle 'insearch' and ":s///c" highlighting
2747      */
2748     else
2749 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */
2750 	if (highlight_match
2751 	    && wp == curwin
2752 	    && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2753 	    && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines)
2754     {
2755 	if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
2756 	    getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor),
2757 					     (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL);
2758 	else
2759 	    fromcol = 0;
2760 	if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines)
2761 	{
2762 	    pos.lnum = lnum;
2763 	    pos.col = search_match_endcol;
2764 	    getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL);
2765 	}
2766 	else
2767 	    tocol = MAXCOL;
2768 	if (fromcol == tocol)		/* do at least one character */
2769 	    tocol = fromcol + 1;	/* happens when past end of line */
2770 	area_highlighting = TRUE;
2771 	attr = hl_attr(HLF_I);
2772     }
2773 
2774 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2775     filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum);
2776     if (filler_lines < 0)
2777     {
2778 	if (filler_lines == -1)
2779 	{
2780 	    if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end))
2781 		diff_hlf = HLF_ADD;	/* added line */
2782 	    else if (change_start == 0)
2783 		diff_hlf = HLF_TXD;	/* changed text */
2784 	    else
2785 		diff_hlf = HLF_CHD;	/* changed line */
2786 	}
2787 	else
2788 	    diff_hlf = HLF_ADD;		/* added line */
2789 	filler_lines = 0;
2790 	area_highlighting = TRUE;
2791     }
2792     if (lnum == wp->w_topline)
2793 	filler_lines = wp->w_topfill;
2794     filler_todo = filler_lines;
2795 #endif
2796 
2797 #ifdef LINE_ATTR
2798 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2799     /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */
2800     v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL);
2801     if (v != 0)
2802 	line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE);
2803 # endif
2804 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
2805     /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */
2806     if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry() == lnum)
2807 	line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_L);
2808 # endif
2809     if (line_attr != 0)
2810 	area_highlighting = TRUE;
2811 #endif
2812 
2813     line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
2814     ptr = line;
2815 
2816 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
2817     if (has_spell)
2818     {
2819 	/* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */
2820 	if (cap_col == 0)
2821 	    cap_col = skipwhite(line) - line;
2822 
2823 	/* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the
2824 	 * current line into nextline[].  Above the start of the next line was
2825 	 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */
2826 	if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL)
2827 	{
2828 	    /* No next line or it is empty. */
2829 	    nextlinecol = MAXCOL;
2830 	    nextline_idx = 0;
2831 	}
2832 	else
2833 	{
2834 	    v = STRLEN(line);
2835 	    if (v < SPWORDLEN)
2836 	    {
2837 		/* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the
2838 		 * next line. */
2839 		nextlinecol = 0;
2840 		mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v);
2841 		mch_memmove(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN,
2842 					    STRLEN(nextline + SPWORDLEN) + 1);
2843 		nextline_idx = v + 1;
2844 	    }
2845 	    else
2846 	    {
2847 		/* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */
2848 		nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN;
2849 		mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN);
2850 		nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1;
2851 	    }
2852 	}
2853     }
2854 #endif
2855 
2856     /* find start of trailing whitespace */
2857     if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_trail)
2858     {
2859 	trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr);
2860 	while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[trailcol - 1]))
2861 	    --trailcol;
2862 	trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line);
2863 	extra_check = TRUE;
2864     }
2865 
2866     /*
2867      * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the
2868      * first character to be displayed.
2869      */
2870     if (wp->w_p_wrap)
2871 	v = wp->w_skipcol;
2872     else
2873 	v = wp->w_leftcol;
2874     if (v > 0)
2875     {
2876 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2877 	char_u	*prev_ptr = ptr;
2878 #endif
2879 	while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL)
2880 	{
2881 	    c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL);
2882 	    vcol += c;
2883 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2884 	    prev_ptr = ptr;
2885 #endif
2886 	    mb_ptr_adv(ptr);
2887 	}
2888 
2889 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2890 	/* When 'virtualedit' is set the end of the line may be before the
2891 	 * start of the displayed part. */
2892 	if (vcol < v && *ptr == NUL && virtual_active())
2893 	    vcol = v;
2894 #endif
2895 
2896 	/* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at
2897 	 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */
2898 	if (vcol > v)
2899 	{
2900 	    vcol -= c;
2901 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2902 	    ptr = prev_ptr;
2903 #else
2904 	    --ptr;
2905 #endif
2906 	    n_skip = v - vcol;
2907 	}
2908 
2909 	/*
2910 	 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen,
2911 	 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen.
2912 	 */
2913 	if (tocol <= vcol)
2914 	    fromcol = 0;
2915 	else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol)
2916 	    fromcol = vcol;
2917 
2918 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
2919 	/* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */
2920 	if (wp->w_p_wrap)
2921 	    need_showbreak = TRUE;
2922 #endif
2923 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
2924 	/* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the
2925 	 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */
2926 	if (has_spell)
2927 	{
2928 	    int		len;
2929 
2930 	    pos = wp->w_cursor;
2931 	    wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
2932 	    wp->w_cursor.col = ptr - line;
2933 	    len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_attr);
2934 	    if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line)
2935 	    {
2936 		/* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a
2937 		 * word */
2938 		spell_attr = 0;
2939 		word_end = spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp->w_buffer) - line + 1;
2940 	    }
2941 	    else
2942 		/* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */
2943 		word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1;
2944 
2945 	    wp->w_cursor = pos;
2946 
2947 	    /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */
2948 	    if (has_syntax)
2949 		syntax_start(wp, lnum);
2950 	}
2951 #endif
2952     }
2953 
2954     /*
2955      * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled.
2956      * Avoids having to check this for each character.
2957      */
2958     if (fromcol >= 0)
2959     {
2960 	if (noinvcur)
2961 	{
2962 	    if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol)
2963 	    {
2964 		/* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the
2965 		 * cursor */
2966 		fromcol_prev = fromcol;
2967 		fromcol = -1;
2968 	    }
2969 	    else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol)
2970 		/* restart highlighting after the cursor */
2971 		fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol;
2972 	}
2973 	if (fromcol >= tocol)
2974 	    fromcol = -1;
2975     }
2976 
2977 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
2978     /*
2979      * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern.
2980      * Do this for both search_hl and match_hl.
2981      */
2982     shl = &search_hl;
2983     for (;;)
2984     {
2985 	shl->startcol = MAXCOL;
2986 	shl->endcol = MAXCOL;
2987 	shl->attr_cur = 0;
2988 	if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL)
2989 	{
2990 	    v = (long)(ptr - line);
2991 	    next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v);
2992 
2993 	    /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it
2994 	     * invalid. */
2995 	    line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
2996 	    ptr = line + v;
2997 
2998 	    if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum)
2999 	    {
3000 		if (shl->lnum == lnum)
3001 		    shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col;
3002 		else
3003 		    shl->startcol = 0;
3004 		if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum
3005 						  - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum)
3006 		    shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
3007 		else
3008 		    shl->endcol = MAXCOL;
3009 		/* Highlight one character for an empty match. */
3010 		if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol)
3011 		{
3012 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3013 		    if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL)
3014 			shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol);
3015 		    else
3016 #endif
3017 			++shl->endcol;
3018 		}
3019 		if ((long)shl->startcol < v)  /* match at leftcol */
3020 		{
3021 		    shl->attr_cur = shl->attr;
3022 		    search_attr = shl->attr;
3023 		}
3024 		area_highlighting = TRUE;
3025 	    }
3026 	}
3027 	if (shl == &match_hl)
3028 	    break;
3029 	shl = &match_hl;
3030     }
3031 #endif
3032 
3033     off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
3034     col = 0;
3035 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3036     if (wp->w_p_rl)
3037     {
3038 	/* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put
3039 	 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left.  Start at the
3040 	 * rightmost column of the window. */
3041 	col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1;
3042 	off += col;
3043     }
3044 #endif
3045 
3046     /*
3047      * Repeat for the whole displayed line.
3048      */
3049     for (;;)
3050     {
3051 	/* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */
3052 	if (draw_state != WL_LINE)
3053 	{
3054 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
3055 	    if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3056 	    {
3057 		draw_state = WL_CMDLINE;
3058 		if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin)
3059 		{
3060 		    /* Draw the cmdline character. */
3061 		    *extra = cmdwin_type;
3062 		    n_extra = 1;
3063 		    p_extra = extra;
3064 		    c_extra = NUL;
3065 		    char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3066 		}
3067 	    }
3068 #endif
3069 
3070 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
3071 	    if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3072 	    {
3073 		draw_state = WL_FOLD;
3074 		if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0)
3075 		{
3076 		    /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. */
3077 		    fill_foldcolumn(extra, wp, FALSE, lnum);
3078 		    n_extra = wp->w_p_fdc;
3079 		    p_extra = extra;
3080 		    c_extra = NUL;
3081 		    char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_FC);
3082 		}
3083 	    }
3084 #endif
3085 
3086 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
3087 	    if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3088 	    {
3089 		draw_state = WL_SIGN;
3090 		/* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this
3091 		 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */
3092 		if (draw_signcolumn(wp)
3093 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3094 			&& filler_todo <= 0
3095 # endif
3096 		   )
3097 		{
3098 		    int_u	text_sign;
3099 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS
3100 		    int_u	icon_sign;
3101 # endif
3102 
3103 		    /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */
3104 		    c_extra = ' ';
3105 		    char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_SC);
3106 		    n_extra = 2;
3107 
3108 		    if (row == startrow)
3109 		    {
3110 			text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum,
3111 								   SIGN_TEXT);
3112 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS
3113 			icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum,
3114 								   SIGN_ICON);
3115 			if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0)
3116 			{
3117 			    /* Use the image in this position. */
3118 			    c_extra = SIGN_BYTE;
3119 #  ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
3120 			    if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1)
3121 				c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE;
3122 #  endif
3123 			    char_attr = icon_sign;
3124 			}
3125 			else
3126 # endif
3127 			    if (text_sign != 0)
3128 			{
3129 			    p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign);
3130 			    if (p_extra != NULL)
3131 			    {
3132 				c_extra = NUL;
3133 				n_extra = STRLEN(p_extra);
3134 			    }
3135 			    char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE);
3136 			}
3137 		    }
3138 		}
3139 	    }
3140 #endif
3141 
3142 	    if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3143 	    {
3144 		draw_state = WL_NR;
3145 		/* Display the line number.  After the first fill with blanks
3146 		 * when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */
3147 		if (wp->w_p_nu
3148 			&& (row == startrow
3149 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3150 			    + filler_lines
3151 #endif
3152 			    || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL))
3153 		{
3154 		    /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */
3155 		    if (row == startrow
3156 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3157 			    + filler_lines
3158 #endif
3159 			    )
3160 		    {
3161 			sprintf((char *)extra, "%*ld ",
3162 						number_width(wp), (long)lnum);
3163 			if (wp->w_skipcol > 0)
3164 			    for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra)
3165 				*p_extra = '-';
3166 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3167 			if (wp->w_p_rl)		    /* reverse line numbers */
3168 			    rl_mirror(extra);
3169 #endif
3170 			p_extra = extra;
3171 			c_extra = NUL;
3172 		    }
3173 		    else
3174 			c_extra = ' ';
3175 		    n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1;
3176 		    char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_N);
3177 		}
3178 	    }
3179 
3180 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF)
3181 	    if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3182 	    {
3183 		draw_state = WL_SBR;
3184 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3185 		if (filler_todo > 0)
3186 		{
3187 		    /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */
3188 		    if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1)
3189 			c_extra = '-';
3190 		    else
3191 			c_extra = fill_diff;
3192 #  ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3193 		    if (wp->w_p_rl)
3194 			n_extra = col + 1;
3195 		    else
3196 #  endif
3197 			n_extra = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
3198 		    char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_DED);
3199 		}
3200 # endif
3201 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
3202 		if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak)
3203 		{
3204 		    /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */
3205 		    p_extra = p_sbr;
3206 		    c_extra = NUL;
3207 		    n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr);
3208 		    char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3209 		    need_showbreak = FALSE;
3210 		    /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak',
3211 		     * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */
3212 		    if (tocol == vcol)
3213 			tocol += n_extra;
3214 		}
3215 # endif
3216 	    }
3217 #endif
3218 
3219 	    if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3220 	    {
3221 		draw_state = WL_LINE;
3222 		if (saved_n_extra)
3223 		{
3224 		    /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */
3225 		    n_extra = saved_n_extra;
3226 		    c_extra = saved_c_extra;
3227 		    p_extra = saved_p_extra;
3228 		    char_attr = saved_char_attr;
3229 		}
3230 		else
3231 		    char_attr = 0;
3232 	    }
3233 	}
3234 
3235 	/* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */
3236 	if (dollar_vcol != 0 && wp == curwin && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol
3237 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3238 				   && filler_todo <= 0
3239 #endif
3240 		)
3241 	{
3242 	    SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, -(int)W_WIDTH(wp),
3243 								  wp->w_p_rl);
3244 	    /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. */
3245 	    row = wp->w_height;
3246 	    break;
3247 	}
3248 
3249 	if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting)
3250 	{
3251 	    /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */
3252 	    if (vcol == fromcol
3253 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3254 		    || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0
3255 			&& (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1)
3256 #endif
3257 		    || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev
3258 			&& vcol < tocol))
3259 		area_attr = attr;		/* start highlighting */
3260 	    else if (area_attr != 0
3261 		    && (vcol == tocol
3262 			|| (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol)))
3263 #ifdef LINE_ATTR
3264 		area_attr = line_attr;		/* stop highlighting */
3265 	    else if (line_attr && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL)
3266 					 || (vcol < fromcol || vcol > tocol)))
3267 		area_attr = line_attr;
3268 #else
3269 		area_attr = 0;			/* stop highlighting */
3270 #endif
3271 
3272 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
3273 	    if (!n_extra)
3274 	    {
3275 		/*
3276 		 * Check for start/end of search pattern match.
3277 		 * After end, check for start/end of next match.
3278 		 * When another match, have to check for start again.
3279 		 * Watch out for matching an empty string!
3280 		 * Do this first for search_hl, then for match_hl, so that
3281 		 * ":match" overrules 'hlsearch'.
3282 		 */
3283 		v = (long)(ptr - line);
3284 		shl = &search_hl;
3285 		for (;;)
3286 		{
3287 		    while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL)
3288 		    {
3289 			if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL
3290 				&& v >= (long)shl->startcol
3291 				&& v < (long)shl->endcol)
3292 			{
3293 			    shl->attr_cur = shl->attr;
3294 			}
3295 			else if (v == (long)shl->endcol)
3296 			{
3297 			    shl->attr_cur = 0;
3298 
3299 			    next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v);
3300 
3301 			    /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp
3302 			     * may have made it invalid. */
3303 			    line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3304 			    ptr = line + v;
3305 
3306 			    if (shl->lnum == lnum)
3307 			    {
3308 				shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col;
3309 				if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0)
3310 				    shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
3311 				else
3312 				    shl->endcol = MAXCOL;
3313 
3314 				if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol)
3315 				{
3316 				    /* highlight empty match, try again after
3317 				     * it */
3318 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3319 				    if (has_mbyte)
3320 					shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line
3321 							       + shl->endcol);
3322 				    else
3323 #endif
3324 					++shl->endcol;
3325 				}
3326 
3327 				/* Loop to check if the match starts at the
3328 				 * current position */
3329 				continue;
3330 			    }
3331 			}
3332 			break;
3333 		    }
3334 		    if (shl == &match_hl)
3335 			break;
3336 		    shl = &match_hl;
3337 		}
3338 		/* ":match" highlighting overrules 'hlsearch' */
3339 		if (match_hl.attr_cur != 0)
3340 		    search_attr = match_hl.attr_cur;
3341 		else
3342 		    search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur;
3343 	    }
3344 #endif
3345 
3346 	    if (area_attr != 0)
3347 		char_attr = area_attr;
3348 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3349 	    else if (search_attr == 0 && has_syntax)
3350 		char_attr = syntax_attr;
3351 #endif
3352 	    else
3353 		char_attr = search_attr;
3354 
3355 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3356 	    if (diff_hlf != (enum hlf_value)0 && n_extra == 0)
3357 	    {
3358 		if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start)
3359 		    diff_hlf = HLF_TXD;		/* changed text */
3360 		if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end)
3361 		    diff_hlf = HLF_CHD;		/* changed line */
3362 		if (attr == 0 || area_attr != attr)
3363 		    area_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf);
3364 		if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr)
3365 		{
3366 		    if (search_attr != 0)
3367 			char_attr = search_attr;
3368 		    else
3369 			char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf);
3370 		}
3371 	    }
3372 #endif
3373 	}
3374 
3375 	/*
3376 	 * Get the next character to put on the screen.
3377 	 */
3378 	/*
3379 	 * The 'extra' array contains the extra stuff that is inserted to
3380 	 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff).  When all
3381 	 * characters are the same, c_extra is used.
3382 	 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "".
3383 	 */
3384 	if (n_extra > 0)
3385 	{
3386 	    if (c_extra != NUL)
3387 	    {
3388 		c = c_extra;
3389 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3390 		mb_c = c;	/* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */
3391 		if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
3392 		{
3393 		    mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3394 		    u8c_c1 = u8c_c2 = 0;
3395 		}
3396 		else
3397 		    mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3398 #endif
3399 	    }
3400 	    else
3401 	    {
3402 		c = *p_extra;
3403 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3404 		if (has_mbyte)
3405 		{
3406 		    mb_c = c;
3407 		    if (enc_utf8)
3408 		    {
3409 			/* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte:
3410 			 * Decode it into "mb_c". */
3411 			mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p_extra);
3412 			mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3413 			if (mb_l > n_extra)
3414 			    mb_l = 1;
3415 			else if (mb_l > 1)
3416 			{
3417 			    mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, &u8c_c1, &u8c_c2);
3418 			    mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3419 			}
3420 		    }
3421 		    else
3422 		    {
3423 			/* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */
3424 			mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c);
3425 			if (mb_l >= n_extra)
3426 			    mb_l = 1;
3427 			else if (mb_l > 1)
3428 			    mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1];
3429 		    }
3430 		    if (mb_l == 0)  /* at the NUL at end-of-line */
3431 			mb_l = 1;
3432 
3433 		    /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the
3434 		     * last column. */
3435 		    if ((
3436 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3437 			    wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) :
3438 # endif
3439 				    (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1))
3440 			    && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2)
3441 		    {
3442 			c = '>';
3443 			mb_c = c;
3444 			mb_l = 1;
3445 			mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3446 			multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3447 			/* put the pointer back to output the double-width
3448 			 * character at the start of the next line. */
3449 			++n_extra;
3450 			--p_extra;
3451 		    }
3452 		    else
3453 		    {
3454 			n_extra -= mb_l - 1;
3455 			p_extra += mb_l - 1;
3456 		    }
3457 		}
3458 #endif
3459 		++p_extra;
3460 	    }
3461 	    --n_extra;
3462 	}
3463 	else
3464 	{
3465 	    /*
3466 	     * Get a character from the line itself.
3467 	     */
3468 	    c = *ptr;
3469 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3470 	    if (has_mbyte)
3471 	    {
3472 		mb_c = c;
3473 		if (enc_utf8)
3474 		{
3475 		    /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it
3476 		     * into "mb_c". */
3477 		    mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
3478 		    mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3479 		    if (mb_l > 1)
3480 		    {
3481 			mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, &u8c_c1, &u8c_c2);
3482 			/* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char
3483 			 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */
3484 			if (mb_c < 0x80)
3485 			    c = mb_c;
3486 			mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3487 
3488 			/* At start of the line we can have a composing char.
3489 			 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */
3490 			if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c))
3491 			{
3492 			    u8c_c2 = u8c_c1;
3493 			    u8c_c1 = mb_c;
3494 			    mb_c = ' ';
3495 			}
3496 		    }
3497 
3498 		    if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80)
3499 			    || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0)
3500 			    || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c)
3501 							 || mb_c >= 0x10000)))
3502 		    {
3503 			/*
3504 			 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>.
3505 			 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?.
3506 			 */
3507 			if (mb_c < 0x10000)
3508 			{
3509 			    transchar_hex(extra, mb_c);
3510 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3511 			    if (wp->w_p_rl)		/* reverse */
3512 				rl_mirror(extra);
3513 #endif
3514 			}
3515 			else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2)
3516 			    STRCPY(extra, "?");
3517 			else
3518 			    /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */
3519 			    STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237");
3520 
3521 			p_extra = extra;
3522 			c = *p_extra;
3523 			mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra);
3524 			mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80);
3525 			n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
3526 			c_extra = NUL;
3527 			if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3528 			{
3529 			    n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3530 			    extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
3531 			    saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3532 			}
3533 		    }
3534 		    else if (mb_l == 0)  /* at the NUL at end-of-line */
3535 			mb_l = 1;
3536 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
3537 		    else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c))
3538 		    {
3539 			/* Do Arabic shaping. */
3540 			int	pc, pc1, nc, dummy;
3541 
3542 			/* The idea of what is the previous and next
3543 			 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */
3544 			if (wp->w_p_rl)
3545 			{
3546 			    pc = prev_c;
3547 			    pc1 = prev_c1;
3548 			    nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l);
3549 			    prev_c1 = u8c_c1;
3550 			}
3551 			else
3552 			{
3553 			    pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, &pc1, &dummy);
3554 			    nc = prev_c;
3555 			}
3556 			prev_c = mb_c;
3557 
3558 			mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8c_c1, pc, pc1, nc);
3559 		    }
3560 		    else
3561 			prev_c = mb_c;
3562 #endif
3563 		}
3564 		else	/* enc_dbcs */
3565 		{
3566 		    mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c);
3567 		    if (mb_l == 0)  /* at the NUL at end-of-line */
3568 			mb_l = 1;
3569 		    else if (mb_l > 1)
3570 		    {
3571 			/* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal.
3572 			 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings!
3573 			 */
3574 			if (ptr[1] >= 32)
3575 			    mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1];
3576 			else
3577 			{
3578 			    if (ptr[1] == NUL)
3579 			    {
3580 				/* head byte at end of line */
3581 				mb_l = 1;
3582 				transchar_nonprint(extra, c);
3583 			    }
3584 			    else
3585 			    {
3586 				/* illegal tail byte */
3587 				mb_l = 2;
3588 				STRCPY(extra, "XX");
3589 			    }
3590 			    p_extra = extra;
3591 			    n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1;
3592 			    c_extra = NUL;
3593 			    c = *p_extra++;
3594 			    if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3595 			    {
3596 				n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3597 				extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
3598 				saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3599 			    }
3600 			    mb_c = c;
3601 			}
3602 		    }
3603 		}
3604 		/* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the
3605 		 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the
3606 		 * next line. */
3607 		if ((
3608 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3609 			    wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) :
3610 # endif
3611 				(col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1))
3612 			&& (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2)
3613 		{
3614 		    c = '>';
3615 		    mb_c = c;
3616 		    mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3617 		    mb_l = 1;
3618 		    multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3619 		    /* Put pointer back so that the character will be
3620 		     * displayed at the start of the next line. */
3621 		    --ptr;
3622 		}
3623 		else if (*ptr != NUL)
3624 		    ptr += mb_l - 1;
3625 
3626 		/* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display
3627 		 * a '<' in the first column. */
3628 		if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1)
3629 		{
3630 		    extra[0] = '<';
3631 		    p_extra = extra;
3632 		    n_extra = 1;
3633 		    c_extra = NUL;
3634 		    c = ' ';
3635 		    if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3636 		    {
3637 			n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3638 			extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3639 			saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3640 		    }
3641 		    mb_c = c;
3642 		    mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3643 		    mb_l = 1;
3644 		}
3645 
3646 	    }
3647 #endif
3648 	    ++ptr;
3649 
3650 	    /* 'list' : change char 160 to lcs_nbsp. */
3651 	    if (wp->w_p_list && c == 160 && lcs_nbsp)
3652 	    {
3653 		c = lcs_nbsp;
3654 		if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3655 		{
3656 		    n_attr = 1;
3657 		    extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
3658 		    saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3659 		}
3660 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3661 		mb_c = c;
3662 		if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
3663 		{
3664 		    mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3665 		    u8c_c1 = u8c_c2 = 0;
3666 		}
3667 		else
3668 		    mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3669 #endif
3670 	    }
3671 
3672 	    if (extra_check)
3673 	    {
3674 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3675 		int	can_spell = TRUE;
3676 
3677 		/* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line
3678 		 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */
3679 		v = (long)(ptr - line);
3680 		if (has_syntax && v > 0)
3681 		{
3682 		    /* Get the syntax attribute for the character.  If there
3683 		     * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */
3684 		    save_did_emsg = did_emsg;
3685 		    did_emsg = FALSE;
3686 
3687 		    syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1,
3688 					       has_spell ? &can_spell : NULL);
3689 
3690 		    if (did_emsg)
3691 		    {
3692 			wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error = TRUE;
3693 			has_syntax = FALSE;
3694 		    }
3695 		    else
3696 			did_emsg = save_did_emsg;
3697 
3698 		    /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may
3699 		     * have made it invalid. */
3700 		    line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3701 		    ptr = line + v;
3702 
3703 		    if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3704 			char_attr = syntax_attr;
3705 		    else
3706 			char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr);
3707 		}
3708 
3709 		/* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line).
3710 		 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the
3711 		 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item
3712 		 * contains the @Spell cluster. */
3713 		if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col)
3714 		{
3715 		    spell_attr = 0;
3716 		    if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3717 			char_attr = syntax_attr;
3718 		    if (c != 0 && (!has_syntax || can_spell))
3719 		    {
3720 			char_u	*prev_ptr, *p;
3721 			int	len;
3722 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3723 			if (has_mbyte)
3724 			{
3725 			    prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l;
3726 			    v -= mb_l - 1;
3727 			}
3728 			else
3729 # endif
3730 			    prev_ptr = ptr - 1;
3731 
3732 			/* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the
3733 			 * next line concatenated. */
3734 			if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0)
3735 			    p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol;
3736 			else
3737 			    p = prev_ptr;
3738 			cap_col -= (prev_ptr - line);
3739 			len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_attr, &cap_col);
3740 			word_end = v + len;
3741 
3742 			/* In Insert mode only highlight a word that
3743 			 * doesn't touch the cursor. */
3744 			if (spell_attr != 0
3745 				&& (State & INSERT) != 0
3746 				&& wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum
3747 				&& wp->w_cursor.col >=
3748 						    (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line)
3749 				&& wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end)
3750 			{
3751 			    spell_attr = 0;
3752 			    spell_redraw_lnum = lnum;
3753 			}
3754 
3755 			if (spell_attr == 0 && p != prev_ptr
3756 				       && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx)
3757 			{
3758 			    /* Remember that the good word continues at the
3759 			     * start of the next line. */
3760 			    checked_lnum = lnum + 1;
3761 			    checked_col = (p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx;
3762 			}
3763 
3764 			if (cap_col > 0)
3765 			{
3766 			    if (p != prev_ptr
3767 				   && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx)
3768 			    {
3769 				/* Remember that the word in the next line
3770 				 * must start with a capital. */
3771 				capcol_lnum = lnum + 1;
3772 				cap_col = (p - nextline) + cap_col
3773 							       - nextline_idx;
3774 			    }
3775 			    else
3776 				/* Compute the actual column. */
3777 				cap_col += (prev_ptr - line);
3778 			}
3779 		    }
3780 		}
3781 		if (spell_attr != 0)
3782 		{
3783 		    if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3784 			char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr);
3785 		    else
3786 			char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr);
3787 		}
3788 #endif
3789 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
3790 		/*
3791 		 * Found last space before word: check for line break.
3792 		 */
3793 		if (wp->w_p_lbr && vim_isbreak(c) && !vim_isbreak(*ptr)
3794 						      && !wp->w_p_list)
3795 		{
3796 		    n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr - (
3797 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3798 				has_mbyte ? mb_l :
3799 # endif
3800 				1), (colnr_T)vcol, NULL) - 1;
3801 		    c_extra = ' ';
3802 		    if (vim_iswhite(c))
3803 			c = ' ';
3804 		}
3805 #endif
3806 
3807 		if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ')
3808 		{
3809 		    c = lcs_trail;
3810 		    if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3811 		    {
3812 			n_attr = 1;
3813 			extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
3814 			saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3815 		    }
3816 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3817 		    mb_c = c;
3818 		    if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
3819 		    {
3820 			mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3821 			u8c_c1 = u8c_c2 = 0;
3822 		    }
3823 		    else
3824 			mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3825 #endif
3826 		}
3827 	    }
3828 
3829 	    /*
3830 	     * Handling of non-printable characters.
3831 	     */
3832 	    if (!(chartab[c] & CT_PRINT_CHAR))
3833 	    {
3834 		/*
3835 		 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to
3836 		 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it
3837 		 * into "ScreenLines".
3838 		 */
3839 		if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
3840 		{
3841 		    /* tab amount depends on current column */
3842 		    n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts
3843 				   - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1;
3844 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3845 		    mb_utf8 = FALSE;	/* don't draw as UTF-8 */
3846 #endif
3847 		    if (wp->w_p_list)
3848 		    {
3849 			c = lcs_tab1;
3850 			c_extra = lcs_tab2;
3851 			n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3852 			extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
3853 			saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3854 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3855 			mb_c = c;
3856 			if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
3857 			{
3858 			    mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3859 			    u8c_c1 = u8c_c2 = 0;
3860 			}
3861 #endif
3862 		    }
3863 		    else
3864 		    {
3865 			c_extra = ' ';
3866 			c = ' ';
3867 		    }
3868 		}
3869 		else if (c == NUL
3870 			&& ((wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0)
3871 			    || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0)
3872 				&& tocol > vcol
3873 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
3874 				&& VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V
3875 #endif
3876 				&& (
3877 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3878 				    wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) :
3879 # endif
3880 				    (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))
3881 				&& !(noinvcur
3882 				    && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol)))
3883 			&& lcs_eol_one >= 0)
3884 		{
3885 		    /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra
3886 		     * character if the line break is included. */
3887 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR)
3888 		    /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the
3889 		     * "$". */
3890 		    if (
3891 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3892 			    diff_hlf == (enum hlf_value)0
3893 #  ifdef LINE_ATTR
3894 			    &&
3895 #  endif
3896 # endif
3897 # ifdef LINE_ATTR
3898 			    line_attr == 0
3899 # endif
3900 		       )
3901 #endif
3902 		    {
3903 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
3904 			/* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend
3905 			 * beyond end of line. */
3906 			if (area_highlighting && virtual_active()
3907 				&& tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol)
3908 			    n_extra = 0;
3909 			else
3910 #endif
3911 			{
3912 			    p_extra = at_end_str;
3913 			    n_extra = 1;
3914 			    c_extra = NUL;
3915 			}
3916 		    }
3917 		    if (wp->w_p_list)
3918 			c = lcs_eol;
3919 		    else
3920 			c = ' ';
3921 		    lcs_eol_one = -1;
3922 		    --ptr;	    /* put it back at the NUL */
3923 		    if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3924 		    {
3925 			extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3926 			n_attr = 1;
3927 		    }
3928 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3929 		    mb_c = c;
3930 		    if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
3931 		    {
3932 			mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3933 			u8c_c1 = u8c_c2 = 0;
3934 		    }
3935 		    else
3936 			mb_utf8 = FALSE;	/* don't draw as UTF-8 */
3937 #endif
3938 		}
3939 		else if (c != NUL)
3940 		{
3941 		    p_extra = transchar(c);
3942 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3943 		    if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl)
3944 			rl_mirror(p_extra);	/* reverse "<12>" */
3945 #endif
3946 		    n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1;
3947 		    c_extra = NUL;
3948 		    c = *p_extra++;
3949 		    if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3950 		    {
3951 			n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3952 			extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
3953 			saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3954 		    }
3955 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3956 		    mb_utf8 = FALSE;	/* don't draw as UTF-8 */
3957 #endif
3958 		}
3959 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
3960 		else if (VIsual_active
3961 			 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V
3962 			     || VIsual_mode == 'v')
3963 			 && virtual_active()
3964 			 && tocol != MAXCOL
3965 			 && vcol < tocol
3966 			 && (
3967 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3968 			    wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) :
3969 # endif
3970 			    (col < W_WIDTH(wp))))
3971 		{
3972 		    c = ' ';
3973 		    --ptr;	    /* put it back at the NUL */
3974 		}
3975 #endif
3976 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR)
3977 		else if ((
3978 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3979 			    diff_hlf != (enum hlf_value)0
3980 #  ifdef LINE_ATTR
3981 			    ||
3982 #  endif
3983 # endif
3984 # ifdef LINE_ATTR
3985 			    line_attr != 0
3986 # endif
3987 			) && (
3988 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3989 			    wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) :
3990 # endif
3991 			    (col < W_WIDTH(wp))))
3992 		{
3993 		    /* Highlight until the right side of the window */
3994 		    c = ' ';
3995 		    --ptr;	    /* put it back at the NUL */
3996 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3997 		    if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD)
3998 		    {
3999 			diff_hlf = HLF_CHD;
4000 			if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr)
4001 			    char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf);
4002 		    }
4003 # endif
4004 		}
4005 #endif
4006 	    }
4007 	}
4008 
4009 	/* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */
4010 	if (n_attr > 0
4011 		&& draw_state == WL_LINE
4012 		&& (area_attr == 0 || char_attr != area_attr)
4013 		&& (search_attr == 0 || char_attr != search_attr))
4014 	    char_attr = extra_attr;
4015 
4016 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
4017 	/* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send
4018 	 * preedit_changed and commit.  Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use
4019 	 * im_is_preediting() here. */
4020 	if (xic != NULL
4021 		&& lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
4022 		&& (State & INSERT)
4023 		&& !p_imdisable
4024 		&& im_is_preediting()
4025 		&& draw_state == WL_LINE)
4026 	{
4027 	    colnr_T tcol;
4028 
4029 	    if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL)
4030 		getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL);
4031 	    else
4032 		tcol = preedit_end_col;
4033 	    if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol)
4034 	    {
4035 		if (feedback_old_attr < 0)
4036 		{
4037 		    feedback_col = 0;
4038 		    feedback_old_attr = char_attr;
4039 		}
4040 		char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col);
4041 		if (char_attr < 0)
4042 		    char_attr = feedback_old_attr;
4043 		feedback_col++;
4044 	    }
4045 	    else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0)
4046 	    {
4047 		char_attr = feedback_old_attr;
4048 		feedback_old_attr = -1;
4049 		feedback_col = 0;
4050 	    }
4051 	}
4052 #endif
4053 	/*
4054 	 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first
4055 	 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a
4056 	 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>".
4057 	 */
4058 	if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL
4059 		&& (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0)
4060 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4061 		&& filler_todo <= 0
4062 #endif
4063 		&& draw_state > WL_NR
4064 		&& c != NUL)
4065 	{
4066 	    c = lcs_prec;
4067 	    lcs_prec_todo = NUL;
4068 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4069 	    mb_c = c;
4070 	    if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4071 	    {
4072 		mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4073 		u8c_c1 = u8c_c2 = 0;
4074 	    }
4075 	    else
4076 		mb_utf8 = FALSE;	/* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4077 #endif
4078 	    if ((area_attr == 0 || char_attr != area_attr)
4079 		    && (search_attr == 0 || char_attr != search_attr))
4080 	    {
4081 		saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4082 		char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */
4083 		n_attr3 = 1;
4084 	    }
4085 	}
4086 
4087 	/*
4088 	 * At end of the text line.
4089 	 */
4090 	if (c == NUL)
4091 	{
4092 	    /* invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or
4093 	     * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last
4094 	     * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!)  Not
4095 	     * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */
4096 	    if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one
4097 		    && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol)
4098 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4099 			/* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */
4100 			|| (ptr - line) - 1 == (long)search_hl.startcol
4101 			|| (ptr - line) - 1 == (long)match_hl.startcol
4102 #endif
4103 		       ))
4104 	    {
4105 		int n = 0;
4106 
4107 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4108 		if (wp->w_p_rl)
4109 		{
4110 		    if (col < 0)
4111 			n = 1;
4112 		}
4113 		else
4114 #endif
4115 		{
4116 		    if (col >= W_WIDTH(wp))
4117 			n = -1;
4118 		}
4119 		if (n != 0)
4120 		{
4121 		    /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character
4122 		     * instead (better than nothing). */
4123 		    off += n;
4124 		    col += n;
4125 		}
4126 		else
4127 		{
4128 		    /* Add a blank character to highlight. */
4129 		    ScreenLines[off] = ' ';
4130 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4131 		    if (enc_utf8)
4132 			ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
4133 #endif
4134 		}
4135 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4136 		if (area_attr == 0)
4137 		{
4138 		    if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)match_hl.startcol)
4139 			char_attr = match_hl.attr;
4140 		    else
4141 			char_attr = search_hl.attr;
4142 		}
4143 #endif
4144 		ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr;
4145 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4146 		if (wp->w_p_rl)
4147 		    --col;
4148 		else
4149 #endif
4150 		    ++col;
4151 	    }
4152 
4153 	    SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, (int)W_WIDTH(wp),
4154 								  wp->w_p_rl);
4155 	    row++;
4156 
4157 	    /*
4158 	     * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was
4159 	     * updated (saves a call to plines() later).
4160 	     */
4161 	    if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
4162 	    {
4163 		curwin->w_cline_row = startrow;
4164 		curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow;
4165 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
4166 		curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE;
4167 #endif
4168 		curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW);
4169 	    }
4170 
4171 	    break;
4172 	}
4173 
4174 	/* line continues beyond line end */
4175 	if (lcs_ext
4176 		&& !wp->w_p_wrap
4177 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4178 		&& filler_todo <= 0
4179 #endif
4180 		&& (
4181 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4182 		    wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 :
4183 #endif
4184 		    col == W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)
4185 		&& (*ptr != NUL
4186 		    || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str)
4187 		    || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))))
4188 	{
4189 	    c = lcs_ext;
4190 	    char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
4191 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4192 	    mb_c = c;
4193 	    if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4194 	    {
4195 		mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4196 		u8c_c1 = u8c_c2 = 0;
4197 	    }
4198 	    else
4199 		mb_utf8 = FALSE;
4200 #endif
4201 	}
4202 
4203 	/*
4204 	 * Store character to be displayed.
4205 	 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'.
4206 	 */
4207 	vcol_prev = vcol;
4208 	if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0)
4209 	{
4210 	    /*
4211 	     * Store the character.
4212 	     */
4213 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
4214 	    if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1)
4215 	    {
4216 		/* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */
4217 		--off;
4218 		--col;
4219 	    }
4220 #endif
4221 	    ScreenLines[off] = c;
4222 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4223 	    if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
4224 		ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff;
4225 	    else if (enc_utf8)
4226 	    {
4227 		if (mb_utf8)
4228 		{
4229 		    ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c;
4230 		    ScreenLinesC1[off] = u8c_c1;
4231 		    ScreenLinesC2[off] = u8c_c2;
4232 		}
4233 		else
4234 		    ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
4235 	    }
4236 	    if (multi_attr)
4237 	    {
4238 		ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr;
4239 		multi_attr = 0;
4240 	    }
4241 	    else
4242 #endif
4243 		ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr;
4244 
4245 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4246 	    if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1)
4247 	    {
4248 		/* Need to fill two screen columns. */
4249 		++off;
4250 		++col;
4251 		if (enc_utf8)
4252 		    /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */
4253 		    ScreenLines[off] = 0;
4254 		else
4255 		    /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */
4256 		    ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff;
4257 		++vcol;
4258 		/* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of
4259 		 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */
4260 		if (tocol == vcol)
4261 		    ++tocol;
4262 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4263 		if (wp->w_p_rl)
4264 		{
4265 		    /* now it's time to backup one cell */
4266 		    --off;
4267 		    --col;
4268 		}
4269 #endif
4270 	    }
4271 #endif
4272 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4273 	    if (wp->w_p_rl)
4274 	    {
4275 		--off;
4276 		--col;
4277 	    }
4278 	    else
4279 #endif
4280 	    {
4281 		++off;
4282 		++col;
4283 	    }
4284 	}
4285 	else
4286 	    --n_skip;
4287 
4288 	/* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' column. */
4289 	if (draw_state >= WL_SBR
4290 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4291 		&& filler_todo <= 0
4292 #endif
4293 		)
4294 	    ++vcol;
4295 
4296 	/* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */
4297 	if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0)
4298 	    char_attr = saved_attr3;
4299 
4300 	/* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */
4301 	if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0)
4302 	    char_attr = saved_attr2;
4303 
4304 	/*
4305 	 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line
4306 	 * so far.  If there is no more to display it is catched above.
4307 	 */
4308 	if ((
4309 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4310 	    wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) :
4311 #endif
4312 				    (col >= W_WIDTH(wp)))
4313 		&& (*ptr != NUL
4314 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4315 		    || filler_todo > 0
4316 #endif
4317 		    || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str)
4318 		    || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))
4319 		)
4320 	{
4321 	    SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, (int)W_WIDTH(wp),
4322 								  wp->w_p_rl);
4323 	    ++row;
4324 	    ++screen_row;
4325 
4326 	    /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed
4327 	     * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */
4328 	    if ((!wp->w_p_wrap
4329 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4330 		    && filler_todo <= 0
4331 #endif
4332 		    ) || lcs_eol_one == -1)
4333 		break;
4334 
4335 	    /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */
4336 	    if (draw_state != WL_LINE
4337 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4338 		    && filler_todo <= 0
4339 #endif
4340 		    )
4341 	    {
4342 		win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT);
4343 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
4344 		draw_vsep_win(wp, row);
4345 #endif
4346 		row = endrow;
4347 	    }
4348 
4349 	    /* When line got too long for screen break here. */
4350 	    if (row == endrow)
4351 	    {
4352 		++row;
4353 		break;
4354 	    }
4355 
4356 	    if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1
4357 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4358 		     && filler_todo <= 0
4359 #endif
4360 		     && W_WIDTH(wp) == Columns)
4361 	    {
4362 		/* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */
4363 		LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE;
4364 
4365 		/*
4366 		 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with
4367 		 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of
4368 		 * the line. This will work with all terminal types
4369 		 * (regardless of the xn,am settings).
4370 		 * Only do this on a fast tty.
4371 		 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line
4372 		 * (something has been written in it).
4373 		 * Don't do this for the GUI.
4374 		 * Don't do this for double-width characters.
4375 		 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border.
4376 		 */
4377 		if (p_tf
4378 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4379 			 && !gui.in_use
4380 #endif
4381 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4382 			 && !(has_mbyte
4383 			     && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row]) == 2
4384 				 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1]
4385 							+ (int)Columns - 2) == 2))
4386 #endif
4387 		   )
4388 		{
4389 		    /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line,
4390 		     * then output the same character again to let the
4391 		     * terminal know about the wrap.  If the terminal doesn't
4392 		     * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */
4393 		    if (screen_cur_col != W_WIDTH(wp))
4394 			screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1]
4395 						      + (unsigned)Columns - 1,
4396 					  screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1));
4397 
4398 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4399 		    /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a
4400 		     * space to keep it simple. */
4401 		    if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[
4402 					screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1)
4403 			out_char(' ');
4404 		    else
4405 #endif
4406 			out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1]
4407 							    + (Columns - 1)]);
4408 		    /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */
4409 		    ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1;
4410 		    screen_start();	/* don't know where cursor is now */
4411 		}
4412 	    }
4413 
4414 	    col = 0;
4415 	    off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
4416 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4417 	    if (wp->w_p_rl)
4418 	    {
4419 		col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1;	/* col is not used if breaking! */
4420 		off += col;
4421 	    }
4422 #endif
4423 
4424 	    /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */
4425 	    draw_state = WL_START;
4426 	    saved_n_extra = n_extra;
4427 	    saved_p_extra = p_extra;
4428 	    saved_c_extra = c_extra;
4429 	    saved_char_attr = char_attr;
4430 	    n_extra = 0;
4431 	    lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec;
4432 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
4433 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4434 	    if (filler_todo <= 0)
4435 # endif
4436 		need_showbreak = TRUE;
4437 #endif
4438 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4439 	    --filler_todo;
4440 	    /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the
4441 	     * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */
4442 	    if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill)
4443 		break;
4444 #endif
4445 	}
4446 
4447     }	/* for every character in the line */
4448 
4449 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4450     /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */
4451     if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL)
4452     {
4453 	capcol_lnum = lnum + 1;
4454 	cap_col = 0;
4455     }
4456 #endif
4457 
4458     return row;
4459 }
4460 
4461 /*
4462  * Check whether the given character needs redrawing:
4463  * - the (first byte of the) character is different
4464  * - the attributes are different
4465  * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different
4466  */
4467     static int
4468 char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, cols)
4469     int		off_from;
4470     int		off_to;
4471     int		cols;
4472 {
4473     if (cols > 0
4474 	    && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to]
4475 		    || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to])
4476 
4477 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4478 		|| (enc_dbcs != 0
4479 		    && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1
4480 		    && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e
4481 			? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to]
4482 			: (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1]
4483 						 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1])))
4484 		|| (enc_utf8
4485 		    && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to]
4486 			|| (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0
4487 			    && (ScreenLinesC1[off_from]
4488 						      != ScreenLinesC1[off_to]
4489 				|| ScreenLinesC2[off_from]
4490 						  != ScreenLinesC2[off_to]))))
4491 #endif
4492 	       ))
4493 	return TRUE;
4494     return FALSE;
4495 }
4496 
4497 /*
4498  * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that
4499  * have actually changed.  Handle insert/delete character.
4500  * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line.
4501  * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are.
4502  * "clear_width" is the width of the window.  It's > 0 if the rest of the line
4503  * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise.
4504  * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window:
4505  *    When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol"
4506  *    When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width"
4507  */
4508     static void
4509 screen_line(row, coloff, endcol, clear_width
4510 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4511 				    , rlflag
4512 #endif
4513 						)
4514     int	    row;
4515     int	    coloff;
4516     int	    endcol;
4517     int	    clear_width;
4518 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4519     int	    rlflag;
4520 #endif
4521 {
4522     unsigned	    off_from;
4523     unsigned	    off_to;
4524     int		    col = 0;
4525 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)
4526     int		    hl;
4527 #endif
4528     int		    force = FALSE;	/* force update rest of the line */
4529     int		    redraw_this		/* bool: does character need redraw? */
4530 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4531 				= TRUE	/* For GUI when while-loop empty */
4532 #endif
4533 				;
4534     int		    redraw_next;	/* redraw_this for next character */
4535 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4536     int		    clear_next = FALSE;
4537     int		    char_cells;		/* 1: normal char */
4538 					/* 2: occupies two display cells */
4539 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells
4540 #else
4541 # define CHAR_CELLS 1
4542 #endif
4543 
4544 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
4545     clip_may_clear_selection(row, row);
4546 # endif
4547 
4548     off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
4549     off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff;
4550 
4551 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4552     if (rlflag)
4553     {
4554 	/* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */
4555 	if (clear_width > 0)
4556 	{
4557 	    while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' '
4558 		    && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0
4559 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4560 				  && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0)
4561 # endif
4562 						  )
4563 	    {
4564 		++off_to;
4565 		++col;
4566 	    }
4567 	    if (col <= endcol)
4568 		screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff,
4569 					    endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0);
4570 	}
4571 	col = endcol + 1;
4572 	off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff;
4573 	off_from += col;
4574 	endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width);
4575     }
4576 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */
4577 
4578     redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col);
4579 
4580     while (col < endcol)
4581     {
4582 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4583 	if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol))
4584 	    char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from);
4585 	else
4586 	    char_cells = 1;
4587 #endif
4588 
4589 	redraw_this = redraw_next;
4590 	redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS,
4591 			      off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS);
4592 
4593 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4594 	/* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to
4595 	 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us.  This only
4596 	 * happens in the GUI.
4597 	 */
4598 	if (redraw_next && gui.in_use)
4599 	{
4600 	    hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS];
4601 	    if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD))
4602 		redraw_this = TRUE;
4603 	}
4604 #endif
4605 
4606 	if (redraw_this)
4607 	{
4608 	    /*
4609 	     * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm):
4610 	     * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the
4611 	     * cursor is when writing the highlighting code.  The
4612 	     * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the
4613 	     * first highlighted character.  The stop-highlighting code must
4614 	     * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted
4615 	     * character.
4616 	     * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting.  Need
4617 	     * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it
4618 	     * completely.
4619 	     */
4620 	    if (       p_wiv
4621 		    && !force
4622 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4623 		    && !gui.in_use
4624 #endif
4625 		    && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0
4626 		    && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to])
4627 	    {
4628 		/*
4629 		 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here.
4630 		 */
4631 		windgoto(row, col + coloff);
4632 		out_str(T_CE);		/* clear rest of this screen line */
4633 		screen_start();		/* don't know where cursor is now */
4634 		force = TRUE;		/* force redraw of rest of the line */
4635 		redraw_next = TRUE;	/* or else next char would miss out */
4636 
4637 		/*
4638 		 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop
4639 		 * highlighting at this character.
4640 		 */
4641 		if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0)
4642 		{
4643 		    screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1];
4644 		    term_windgoto(row, col + coloff);
4645 		    screen_stop_highlight();
4646 		}
4647 		else
4648 		    screen_attr = 0;	    /* highlighting has stopped */
4649 	    }
4650 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4651 	    if (enc_dbcs != 0)
4652 	    {
4653 		/* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or
4654 		 * the other way around requires another character to be
4655 		 * redrawn.  For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing
4656 		 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */
4657 		if (char_cells == 1
4658 			&& col + 1 < endcol
4659 			&& (*mb_off2cells)(off_to) > 1)
4660 		{
4661 		    /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell
4662 		     * character: need to redraw the next cell. */
4663 		    ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0;
4664 		    redraw_next = TRUE;
4665 		}
4666 		else if (char_cells == 2
4667 			&& col + 2 < endcol
4668 			&& (*mb_off2cells)(off_to) == 1
4669 			&& (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1) > 1)
4670 		{
4671 		    /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over
4672 		     * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second
4673 		     * cell. */
4674 		    ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0;
4675 		    redraw_next = TRUE;
4676 		}
4677 
4678 		if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
4679 		    ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from];
4680 	    }
4681 	    /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width
4682 	     * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out
4683 	     * the right halve of the old character.
4684 	     * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width
4685 	     * char over the left halve of an existing one. */
4686 	    if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol
4687 		    && ((char_cells == 1
4688 			    && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to) > 1)
4689 			|| (char_cells == 2
4690 			    && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to) == 1
4691 			    && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1) > 1)))
4692 		clear_next = TRUE;
4693 #endif
4694 
4695 	    ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from];
4696 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4697 	    if (enc_utf8)
4698 	    {
4699 		ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from];
4700 		if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0)
4701 		{
4702 		    ScreenLinesC1[off_to] = ScreenLinesC1[off_from];
4703 		    ScreenLinesC2[off_to] = ScreenLinesC2[off_from];
4704 		}
4705 	    }
4706 	    if (char_cells == 2)
4707 		ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1];
4708 #endif
4709 
4710 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
4711 	    /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next
4712 	     * character.  When a bold character is removed, the next
4713 	     * character should be redrawn too.  This happens for our own GUI
4714 	     * and for some xterms. */
4715 	    if (
4716 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
4717 		    gui.in_use
4718 # endif
4719 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX)
4720 		    ||
4721 # endif
4722 # ifdef UNIX
4723 		    term_is_xterm
4724 # endif
4725 		    )
4726 	    {
4727 		hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to];
4728 		if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD))
4729 		    redraw_next = TRUE;
4730 	    }
4731 #endif
4732 	    ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from];
4733 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4734 	    if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2)
4735 	    {
4736 		/* just a hack: It makes two bytes of DBCS have same attr */
4737 		ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from];
4738 		screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff);
4739 	    }
4740 	    else
4741 #endif
4742 		screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff);
4743 	}
4744 	else if (  p_wiv
4745 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4746 		&& !gui.in_use
4747 #endif
4748 		&& col + coloff > 0)
4749 	{
4750 	    if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1])
4751 	    {
4752 		/*
4753 		 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will
4754 		 * stop the highlighting when it should continue.
4755 		 */
4756 		screen_attr = 0;
4757 	    }
4758 	    else if (screen_attr != 0)
4759 		screen_stop_highlight();
4760 	}
4761 
4762 	off_to += CHAR_CELLS;
4763 	off_from += CHAR_CELLS;
4764 	col += CHAR_CELLS;
4765     }
4766 
4767 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4768     if (clear_next)
4769     {
4770 	/* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left
4771 	 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */
4772 	ScreenLines[off_to] = ' ';
4773 	if (enc_utf8)
4774 	    ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0;
4775 	screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff);
4776     }
4777 #endif
4778 
4779     if (clear_width > 0
4780 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4781 		    && !rlflag
4782 #endif
4783 				   )
4784     {
4785 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4786 	int startCol = col;
4787 #endif
4788 
4789 	/* blank out the rest of the line */
4790 	while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' '
4791 						  && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0
4792 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4793 				  && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0)
4794 #endif
4795 						  )
4796 	{
4797 	    ++off_to;
4798 	    ++col;
4799 	}
4800 	if (col < clear_width)
4801 	{
4802 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4803 	    /*
4804 	     * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels
4805 	     * behind if the first character cleared was bold.  Some bold
4806 	     * fonts spill over the left.  In this case we redraw the previous
4807 	     * character too.  If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we
4808 	     * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway.
4809 	     */
4810 	    if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this)
4811 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4812 		    && enc_dbcs == 0
4813 # endif
4814 	       )
4815 	    {
4816 		hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to];
4817 		if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD))
4818 		    screen_char(off_to - 1, row, col + coloff - 1);
4819 	    }
4820 #endif
4821 	    screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff,
4822 								 ' ', ' ', 0);
4823 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
4824 	    off_to += clear_width - col;
4825 	    col = clear_width;
4826 #endif
4827 	}
4828     }
4829 
4830     if (clear_width > 0)
4831     {
4832 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
4833 	/* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */
4834 	if (col + coloff < Columns)
4835 	{
4836 	    int c;
4837 
4838 	    c = fillchar_vsep(&hl);
4839 	    if (ScreenLines[off_to] != c
4840 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4841 		    || (enc_utf8
4842 			      && ScreenLinesUC[off_to] != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0))
4843 # endif
4844 		    || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl)
4845 	    {
4846 		ScreenLines[off_to] = c;
4847 		ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl;
4848 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4849 		if (enc_utf8)
4850 		{
4851 		    if (c >= 0x80)
4852 		    {
4853 			ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c;
4854 			ScreenLinesC1[off_to] = 0;
4855 			ScreenLinesC2[off_to] = 0;
4856 		    }
4857 		    else
4858 			ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0;
4859 		}
4860 # endif
4861 		screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff);
4862 	    }
4863 	}
4864 	else
4865 #endif
4866 	    LineWraps[row] = FALSE;
4867     }
4868 }
4869 
4870 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
4871 /*
4872  * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying.
4873  * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers).
4874  */
4875     void
4876 rl_mirror(str)
4877     char_u	*str;
4878 {
4879     char_u	*p1, *p2;
4880     int		t;
4881 
4882     for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2)
4883     {
4884 	t = *p1;
4885 	*p1 = *p2;
4886 	*p2 = t;
4887     }
4888 }
4889 #endif
4890 
4891 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
4892 /*
4893  * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd
4894  */
4895     void
4896 status_redraw_all()
4897 {
4898     win_T	*wp;
4899 
4900     for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
4901 	if (wp->w_status_height)
4902 	{
4903 	    wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
4904 	    redraw_later(VALID);
4905 	}
4906 }
4907 
4908 /*
4909  * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw
4910  */
4911     void
4912 status_redraw_curbuf()
4913 {
4914     win_T	*wp;
4915 
4916     for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
4917 	if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
4918 	{
4919 	    wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
4920 	    redraw_later(VALID);
4921 	}
4922 }
4923 
4924 /*
4925  * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn.
4926  */
4927     void
4928 redraw_statuslines()
4929 {
4930     win_T	*wp;
4931 
4932     for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
4933 	if (wp->w_redr_status)
4934 	    win_redr_status(wp);
4935 }
4936 #endif
4937 
4938 #if (defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) && defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)) || defined(PROTO)
4939 /*
4940  * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp".
4941  */
4942     void
4943 win_redraw_last_status(frp)
4944     frame_T	*frp;
4945 {
4946     if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF)
4947 	frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE;
4948     else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW)
4949     {
4950 	for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next)
4951 	    win_redraw_last_status(frp);
4952     }
4953     else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */
4954     {
4955 	frp = frp->fr_child;
4956 	while (frp->fr_next != NULL)
4957 	    frp = frp->fr_next;
4958 	win_redraw_last_status(frp);
4959     }
4960 }
4961 #endif
4962 
4963 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
4964 /*
4965  * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row".
4966  */
4967     static void
4968 draw_vsep_win(wp, row)
4969     win_T	*wp;
4970     int		row;
4971 {
4972     int		hl;
4973     int		c;
4974 
4975     if (wp->w_vsep_width)
4976     {
4977 	/* draw the vertical separator right of this window */
4978 	c = fillchar_vsep(&hl);
4979 	screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height,
4980 		W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1,
4981 		c, ' ', hl);
4982     }
4983 }
4984 #endif
4985 
4986 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU
4987 static int status_match_len __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s));
4988 static int skip_status_match_char __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s));
4989 
4990 /*
4991  * Get the lenght of an item as it will be shown in the status line.
4992  */
4993     static int
4994 status_match_len(xp, s)
4995     expand_T	*xp;
4996     char_u	*s;
4997 {
4998     int	len = 0;
4999 
5000 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5001     int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS
5002 	    || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES);
5003 
5004     /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */
5005     if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s))
5006 	return 1;
5007 #endif
5008 
5009     while (*s != NUL)
5010     {
5011 	if (skip_status_match_char(xp, s))
5012 	    ++s;
5013 	len += ptr2cells(s);
5014 	mb_ptr_adv(s);
5015     }
5016 
5017     return len;
5018 }
5019 
5020 /*
5021  * Return TRUE for characters that are not displayed in a status match.
5022  * These are backslashes used for escaping.  Do show backslashes in help tags.
5023  */
5024     static int
5025 skip_status_match_char(xp, s)
5026     expand_T	*xp;
5027     char_u	*s;
5028 {
5029     return ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP)
5030 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5031 	    || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS
5032 		    || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES)
5033 			  && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL)))
5034 #endif
5035 	   );
5036 }
5037 
5038 /*
5039  * Show wildchar matches in the status line.
5040  * Show at least the "match" item.
5041  * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit.
5042  *
5043  * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used.
5044  */
5045     void
5046 win_redr_status_matches(xp, num_matches, matches, match, showtail)
5047     expand_T	*xp;
5048     int		num_matches;
5049     char_u	**matches;	/* list of matches */
5050     int		match;
5051     int		showtail;
5052 {
5053 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m])
5054     int		row;
5055     char_u	*buf;
5056     int		len;
5057     int		clen;		/* lenght in screen cells */
5058     int		fillchar;
5059     int		attr;
5060     int		i;
5061     int		highlight = TRUE;
5062     char_u	*selstart = NULL;
5063     int		selstart_col = 0;
5064     char_u	*selend = NULL;
5065     static int	first_match = 0;
5066     int		add_left = FALSE;
5067     char_u	*s;
5068 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5069     int		emenu;
5070 #endif
5071 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU)
5072     int		l;
5073 #endif
5074 
5075     if (matches == NULL)	/* interrupted completion? */
5076 	return;
5077 
5078 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5079     if (has_mbyte)
5080 	buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1);
5081     else
5082 #endif
5083 	buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1);
5084     if (buf == NULL)
5085 	return;
5086 
5087     if (match == -1)	/* don't show match but original text */
5088     {
5089 	match = 0;
5090 	highlight = FALSE;
5091     }
5092     /* count 1 for the ending ">" */
5093     clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3;
5094     if (match == 0)
5095 	first_match = 0;
5096     else if (match < first_match)
5097     {
5098 	/* jumping left, as far as we can go */
5099 	first_match = match;
5100 	add_left = TRUE;
5101     }
5102     else
5103     {
5104 	/* check if match fits on the screen */
5105 	for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i)
5106 	    clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2;
5107 	if (first_match > 0)
5108 	    clen += 2;
5109 	/* jumping right, put match at the left */
5110 	if ((long)clen > Columns)
5111 	{
5112 	    first_match = match;
5113 	    /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */
5114 	    clen = 2;
5115 	    for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i)
5116 	    {
5117 		clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2;
5118 		if ((long)clen >= Columns)
5119 		    break;
5120 	    }
5121 	    if (i == num_matches)
5122 		add_left = TRUE;
5123 	}
5124     }
5125     if (add_left)
5126 	while (first_match > 0)
5127 	{
5128 	    clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2;
5129 	    if ((long)clen >= Columns)
5130 		break;
5131 	    --first_match;
5132 	}
5133 
5134     fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, TRUE);
5135 
5136     if (first_match == 0)
5137     {
5138 	*buf = NUL;
5139 	len = 0;
5140     }
5141     else
5142     {
5143 	STRCPY(buf, "< ");
5144 	len = 2;
5145     }
5146     clen = len;
5147 
5148     i = first_match;
5149     while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns)
5150     {
5151 	if (i == match)
5152 	{
5153 	    selstart = buf + len;
5154 	    selstart_col = clen;
5155 	}
5156 
5157 	s = L_MATCH(i);
5158 	/* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */
5159 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5160 	emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS
5161 		|| xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES);
5162 	if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s))
5163 	{
5164 	    STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|'));
5165 	    l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len);
5166 	    len += l;
5167 	    clen += l;
5168 	}
5169 	else
5170 #endif
5171 	    for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s)
5172 	{
5173 	    if (skip_status_match_char(xp, s))
5174 		++s;
5175 	    clen += ptr2cells(s);
5176 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5177 	    if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1)
5178 	    {
5179 		STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l);
5180 		s += l - 1;
5181 		len += l;
5182 	    }
5183 	    else
5184 #endif
5185 	    {
5186 		STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s));
5187 		len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len);
5188 	    }
5189 	}
5190 	if (i == match)
5191 	    selend = buf + len;
5192 
5193 	*(buf + len++) = ' ';
5194 	*(buf + len++) = ' ';
5195 	clen += 2;
5196 	if (++i == num_matches)
5197 		break;
5198     }
5199 
5200     if (i != num_matches)
5201     {
5202 	*(buf + len++) = '>';
5203 	++clen;
5204     }
5205 
5206     buf[len] = NUL;
5207 
5208     row = cmdline_row - 1;
5209     if (row >= 0)
5210     {
5211 	if (wild_menu_showing == 0)
5212 	{
5213 	    if (msg_scrolled > 0)
5214 	    {
5215 		/* Put the wildmenu just above the command line.  If there is
5216 		 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */
5217 		if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1)
5218 		{
5219 		    screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, NULL);
5220 		    ++msg_scrolled;
5221 		}
5222 		else
5223 		{
5224 		    ++cmdline_row;
5225 		    ++row;
5226 		}
5227 		wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED;
5228 	    }
5229 	    else
5230 	    {
5231 		/* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2.
5232 		 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is
5233 		 * resized. */
5234 		if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0)
5235 		{
5236 		    save_p_ls = p_ls;
5237 		    save_p_wmh = p_wmh;
5238 		    p_ls = 2;
5239 		    p_wmh = 0;
5240 		    last_status(FALSE);
5241 		}
5242 		wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN;
5243 	    }
5244 	}
5245 
5246 	screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr);
5247 	if (selstart != NULL && highlight)
5248 	{
5249 	    *selend = NUL;
5250 	    screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, hl_attr(HLF_WM));
5251 	}
5252 
5253 	screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr);
5254     }
5255 
5256 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5257     win_redraw_last_status(topframe);
5258 #else
5259     lastwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5260 #endif
5261     vim_free(buf);
5262 }
5263 #endif
5264 
5265 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
5266 /*
5267  * Redraw the status line of window wp.
5268  *
5269  * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used.
5270  */
5271     void
5272 win_redr_status(wp)
5273     win_T	*wp;
5274 {
5275     int		row;
5276     char_u	*p;
5277     int		len;
5278     int		fillchar;
5279     int		attr;
5280     int		this_ru_col;
5281 
5282     wp->w_redr_status = FALSE;
5283     if (wp->w_status_height == 0)
5284     {
5285 	/* no status line, can only be last window */
5286 	redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
5287     }
5288     else if (!redrawing())
5289     {
5290 	/* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */
5291 	wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5292     }
5293 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
5294     else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL)
5295     {
5296 	/* redraw custom status line */
5297 	win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE);
5298     }
5299 #endif
5300     else
5301     {
5302 	fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
5303 
5304 	if (buf_spname(wp->w_buffer) != NULL)
5305 	    STRCPY(NameBuff, buf_spname(wp->w_buffer));
5306 	else
5307 	    home_replace(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_buffer->b_fname, NameBuff,
5308 							      MAXPATHL, TRUE);
5309 	trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL);
5310 	p = NameBuff;
5311 	len = (int)STRLEN(p);
5312 
5313 	if (wp->w_buffer->b_help
5314 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
5315 		|| wp->w_p_pvw
5316 #endif
5317 		|| bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)
5318 		|| wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro)
5319 	    *(p + len++) = ' ';
5320 	if (wp->w_buffer->b_help)
5321 	{
5322 	    STRCPY(p + len, _("[help]"));
5323 	    len += (int)STRLEN(p + len);
5324 	}
5325 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
5326 	if (wp->w_p_pvw)
5327 	{
5328 	    STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]"));
5329 	    len += (int)STRLEN(p + len);
5330 	}
5331 #endif
5332 	if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer))
5333 	{
5334 	    STRCPY(p + len, "[+]");
5335 	    len += 3;
5336 	}
5337 	if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro)
5338 	{
5339 	    STRCPY(p + len, "[RO]");
5340 	    len += 4;
5341 	}
5342 
5343 #ifndef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5344 	this_ru_col = ru_col;
5345 	if (this_ru_col < (Columns + 1) / 2)
5346 	    this_ru_col = (Columns + 1) / 2;
5347 #else
5348 	this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp));
5349 	if (this_ru_col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2)
5350 	    this_ru_col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2;
5351 	if (this_ru_col <= 1)
5352 	{
5353 	    p = (char_u *)"<";		/* No room for file name! */
5354 	    len = 1;
5355 	}
5356 	else
5357 #endif
5358 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5359 	    if (has_mbyte)
5360 	    {
5361 		int	clen = 0, i;
5362 
5363 		/* Count total number of display cells. */
5364 		for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i))
5365 		    clen += (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i);
5366 		/* Find first character that will fit.
5367 		 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */
5368 		for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1;
5369 					      i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i))
5370 		    clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i);
5371 		len = clen;
5372 		if (i > 0)
5373 		{
5374 		    p = p + i - 1;
5375 		    *p = '<';
5376 		    ++len;
5377 		}
5378 
5379 	    }
5380 	    else
5381 #endif
5382 	    if (len > this_ru_col - 1)
5383 	    {
5384 		p += len - (this_ru_col - 1);
5385 		*p = '<';
5386 		len = this_ru_col - 1;
5387 	    }
5388 
5389 	row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height;
5390 	screen_puts(p, row, W_WINCOL(wp), attr);
5391 	screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + W_WINCOL(wp),
5392 			this_ru_col + W_WINCOL(wp), fillchar, fillchar, attr);
5393 
5394 	if (get_keymap_str(wp, NameBuff, MAXPATHL)
5395 		&& (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1))
5396 	    screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff)
5397 						   - 1 + W_WINCOL(wp)), attr);
5398 
5399 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
5400 	win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE);
5401 #endif
5402     }
5403 
5404 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5405     /*
5406      * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator.
5407      */
5408     if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing())
5409     {
5410 	if (stl_connected(wp))
5411 	    fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
5412 	else
5413 	    fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr);
5414 	screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp),
5415 									attr);
5416     }
5417 #endif
5418 }
5419 
5420 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5421 /*
5422  * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status
5423  * line of the window right of it.  If not, then it's a vertical separator.
5424  * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0).
5425  */
5426     int
5427 stl_connected(wp)
5428     win_T	*wp;
5429 {
5430     frame_T	*fr;
5431 
5432     fr = wp->w_frame;
5433     while (fr->fr_parent != NULL)
5434     {
5435 	if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL)
5436 	{
5437 	    if (fr->fr_next != NULL)
5438 		break;
5439 	}
5440 	else
5441 	{
5442 	    if (fr->fr_next != NULL)
5443 		return TRUE;
5444 	}
5445 	fr = fr->fr_parent;
5446     }
5447     return FALSE;
5448 }
5449 # endif
5450 
5451 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */
5452 
5453 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO)
5454 /*
5455  * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'.
5456  */
5457     int
5458 get_keymap_str(wp, buf, len)
5459     win_T	*wp;
5460     char_u	*buf;	    /* buffer for the result */
5461     int		len;	    /* length of buffer */
5462 {
5463     char_u	*p;
5464 
5465     if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP)
5466 	return FALSE;
5467 
5468     {
5469 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
5470 	buf_T	*old_curbuf = curbuf;
5471 	win_T	*old_curwin = curwin;
5472 	char_u	*s;
5473 
5474 	curbuf = wp->w_buffer;
5475 	curwin = wp;
5476 	STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name");	/* must be writable */
5477 	++emsg_skip;
5478 	s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL);
5479 	--emsg_skip;
5480 	curbuf = old_curbuf;
5481 	curwin = old_curwin;
5482 	if (p == NULL || *p == NUL)
5483 #endif
5484 	{
5485 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP
5486 	    if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED)
5487 		p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap;
5488 	    else
5489 #endif
5490 		p = (char_u *)"lang";
5491 	}
5492 	if ((int)(STRLEN(p) + 3) < len)
5493 	    sprintf((char *)buf, "<%s>", p);
5494 	else
5495 	    buf[0] = NUL;
5496 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
5497 	vim_free(s);
5498 #endif
5499     }
5500     return buf[0] != NUL;
5501 }
5502 #endif
5503 
5504 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO)
5505 /*
5506  * Redraw the status line or ruler of window wp.
5507  */
5508     static void
5509 win_redr_custom(wp, Ruler)
5510     win_T	*wp;
5511     int		Ruler;
5512 {
5513     int		attr;
5514     int		curattr;
5515     int		row;
5516     int		col = 0;
5517     int		maxwidth;
5518     int		width;
5519     int		n;
5520     int		len;
5521     int		fillchar;
5522     char_u	buf[MAXPATHL];
5523     char_u	*p;
5524     struct	stl_hlrec hl[STL_MAX_ITEM];
5525 
5526     /* setup environment for the task at hand */
5527     row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height;
5528     fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
5529     maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp);
5530     if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL)
5531 	p = wp->w_p_stl;
5532     else
5533 	p = p_stl;
5534     if (Ruler)
5535     {
5536 	p = p_ruf;
5537 	/* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */
5538 	if (*p == '%')
5539 	{
5540 	    if (*++p == '-')
5541 		p++;
5542 	    if (atoi((char *) p))
5543 		while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p))
5544 		    p++;
5545 	    if (*p++ != '(')
5546 		p = p_ruf;
5547 	}
5548 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5549 	col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp));
5550 	if (col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2)
5551 	    col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2;
5552 #else
5553 	col = ru_col;
5554 	if (col > (Columns + 1) / 2)
5555 	    col = (Columns + 1) / 2;
5556 #endif
5557 	maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
5558 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
5559 	if (!wp->w_status_height)
5560 #endif
5561 	{
5562 	    row = Rows - 1;
5563 	    --maxwidth;	/* writing in last column may cause scrolling */
5564 	    fillchar = ' ';
5565 	    attr = 0;
5566 	}
5567     }
5568     if (maxwidth <= 0)
5569 	return;
5570 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5571     col += W_WINCOL(wp);
5572 #endif
5573 
5574     width = build_stl_str_hl(wp, buf, sizeof(buf), p, fillchar, maxwidth, hl);
5575     len = STRLEN(buf);
5576 
5577     while (width < maxwidth && len < sizeof(buf) - 1)
5578     {
5579 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5580 	len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len);
5581 #else
5582 	buf[len++] = fillchar;
5583 #endif
5584 	++width;
5585     }
5586     buf[len] = NUL;
5587 
5588     curattr = attr;
5589     p = buf;
5590     for (n = 0; hl[n].start != NULL; n++)
5591     {
5592 	len = (int)(hl[n].start - p);
5593 	screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr);
5594 	col += vim_strnsize(p, len);
5595 	p = hl[n].start;
5596 
5597 	if (hl[n].userhl == 0)
5598 	    curattr = attr;
5599 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
5600 	else if (wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0)
5601 	    curattr = highlight_stlnc[hl[n].userhl - 1];
5602 #endif
5603 	else
5604 	    curattr = highlight_user[hl[n].userhl - 1];
5605     }
5606     screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr);
5607 }
5608 
5609 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */
5610 
5611 /*
5612  * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines.
5613  */
5614     void
5615 screen_putchar(c, row, col, attr)
5616     int	    c;
5617     int	    row, col;
5618     int	    attr;
5619 {
5620 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5621     char_u	buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
5622 
5623     buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL;
5624 #else
5625     char_u	buf[2];
5626 
5627     buf[0] = c;
5628     buf[1] = NUL;
5629 #endif
5630     screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr);
5631 }
5632 
5633 /*
5634  * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]".
5635  * Also return its attribute in *attrp;
5636  */
5637     void
5638 screen_getbytes(row, col, bytes, attrp)
5639     int	    row, col;
5640     char_u  *bytes;
5641     int	    *attrp;
5642 {
5643     unsigned off;
5644 
5645     /* safety check */
5646     if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns)
5647     {
5648 	off = LineOffset[row] + col;
5649 	*attrp = ScreenAttrs[off];
5650 	bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off];
5651 	bytes[1] = NUL;
5652 
5653 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5654 	if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0)
5655 	    bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL;
5656 	else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e)
5657 	{
5658 	    bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off];
5659 	    bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off];
5660 	    bytes[2] = NUL;
5661 	}
5662 	else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1)
5663 	{
5664 	    bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1];
5665 	    bytes[2] = NUL;
5666 	}
5667 #endif
5668     }
5669 }
5670 
5671 /*
5672  * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with
5673  * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[].
5674  * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary!
5675  * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done.
5676  */
5677     void
5678 screen_puts(text, row, col, attr)
5679     char_u	*text;
5680     int		row;
5681     int		col;
5682     int		attr;
5683 {
5684     screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr);
5685 }
5686 
5687 /*
5688  * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]".  When "len" is -1 output up to
5689  * a NUL.
5690  */
5691     void
5692 screen_puts_len(text, len, row, col, attr)
5693     char_u	*text;
5694     int		len;
5695     int		row;
5696     int		col;
5697     int		attr;
5698 {
5699     unsigned	off;
5700     char_u	*ptr = text;
5701     int		c;
5702 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5703     int		mbyte_blen = 1;
5704     int		mbyte_cells = 1;
5705     int		u8c = 0;
5706     int		u8c_c1 = 0;
5707     int		u8c_c2 = 0;
5708     int		clear_next_cell = FALSE;
5709 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
5710     int		prev_c = 0;		/* previous Arabic character */
5711     int		pc, nc, nc1, dummy;
5712 # endif
5713 #endif
5714 
5715     if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows)	/* safety check */
5716 	return;
5717 
5718     off = LineOffset[row] + col;
5719     while (*ptr != NUL && col < screen_Columns
5720 				      && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len))
5721     {
5722 	c = *ptr;
5723 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5724 	/* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */
5725 	if (has_mbyte)
5726 	{
5727 	    if (enc_utf8 && len > 0)
5728 		mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr));
5729 	    else
5730 		mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
5731 	    if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e)
5732 		mbyte_cells = 1;
5733 	    else if (enc_dbcs != 0)
5734 		mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen;
5735 	    else	/* enc_utf8 */
5736 	    {
5737 		if (len >= 0)
5738 		    u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, &u8c_c1, &u8c_c2,
5739 						   (int)((text + len) - ptr));
5740 		else
5741 		    u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, &u8c_c1, &u8c_c2);
5742 		mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c);
5743 		/* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */
5744 		if (u8c >= 0x10000)
5745 		{
5746 		    u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?';
5747 		    if (attr == 0)
5748 			attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
5749 		}
5750 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
5751 		if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c))
5752 		{
5753 		    /* Do Arabic shaping. */
5754 		    if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len)
5755 		    {
5756 			/* Past end of string to be displayed. */
5757 			nc = NUL;
5758 			nc1 = NUL;
5759 		    }
5760 		    else
5761 			nc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mbyte_blen, &nc1, &dummy);
5762 		    pc = prev_c;
5763 		    prev_c = u8c;
5764 		    u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8c_c1, nc, nc1, pc);
5765 		}
5766 		else
5767 		    prev_c = u8c;
5768 # endif
5769 	    }
5770 	}
5771 #endif
5772 
5773 	if (ScreenLines[off] != c
5774 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5775 		|| (mbyte_cells == 2
5776 		    && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0))
5777 		|| (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU
5778 		    && c == 0x8e
5779 		    && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1])
5780 		|| (enc_utf8
5781 		    && mbyte_blen > 1
5782 		    && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != u8c
5783 			|| ScreenLinesC1[off] != u8c_c1
5784 			|| ScreenLinesC2[off] != u8c_c2))
5785 #endif
5786 		|| ScreenAttrs[off] != attr
5787 		|| exmode_active
5788 		)
5789 	{
5790 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
5791 	    /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next
5792 	     * character.  When a bold character is removed, the next
5793 	     * character should be redrawn too.  This happens for our own GUI
5794 	     * and for some xterms.
5795 	     * Force the redraw by setting the attribute to a different value
5796 	     * than "attr", the contents of ScreenLines[] may be needed by
5797 	     * mb_off2cells() further on.
5798 	     * Don't do this for the last drawn character, because the next
5799 	     * character may not be redrawn. */
5800 	    if (
5801 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
5802 		    gui.in_use
5803 # endif
5804 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX)
5805 		    ||
5806 # endif
5807 # ifdef UNIX
5808 		    term_is_xterm
5809 # endif
5810 	       )
5811 	    {
5812 		int		n;
5813 
5814 		n = ScreenAttrs[off];
5815 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5816 		if (col + mbyte_cells < screen_Columns
5817 			&& (n > HL_ALL || (n & HL_BOLD))
5818 			&& (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] != NUL
5819 					     : ptr + mbyte_blen < text + len))
5820 		    ScreenAttrs[off + mbyte_cells] = attr + 1;
5821 # else
5822 		if (col + 1 < screen_Columns
5823 			&& (n > HL_ALL || (n & HL_BOLD))
5824 			&& (len < 0 ? ptr[1] != NUL : ptr + 1 < text + len))
5825 		    ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0;
5826 # endif
5827 	    }
5828 #endif
5829 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5830 	    /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell
5831 	     * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next
5832 	     * cell.  Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char
5833 	     * with the right halve of a two-cell char.  Do this only once
5834 	     * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */
5835 	    if (clear_next_cell)
5836 		clear_next_cell = FALSE;
5837 	    else if (has_mbyte
5838 		    && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL
5839 					     : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len)
5840 		    && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off) > 1)
5841 			|| (mbyte_cells == 2
5842 			    && (*mb_off2cells)(off) == 1
5843 			    && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1) > 1)))
5844 		clear_next_cell = TRUE;
5845 
5846 	    /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind,
5847 	     * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */
5848 	    if (enc_dbcs
5849 		    && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off) > 1)
5850 			|| (mbyte_cells == 2
5851 			    && (*mb_off2cells)(off) == 1
5852 			    && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1) > 1)))
5853 		ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0;
5854 #endif
5855 	    ScreenLines[off] = c;
5856 	    ScreenAttrs[off] = attr;
5857 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5858 	    if (enc_utf8)
5859 	    {
5860 		if (c < 0x80 && u8c_c1 == 0 && u8c_c2 == 0)
5861 		    ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
5862 		else
5863 		{
5864 		    ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c;
5865 		    ScreenLinesC1[off] = u8c_c1;
5866 		    ScreenLinesC2[off] = u8c_c2;
5867 		}
5868 		if (mbyte_cells == 2)
5869 		{
5870 		    ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0;
5871 		    ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr;
5872 		}
5873 		screen_char(off, row, col);
5874 	    }
5875 	    else if (mbyte_cells == 2)
5876 	    {
5877 		ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1];
5878 		ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr;
5879 		screen_char_2(off, row, col);
5880 	    }
5881 	    else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e)
5882 	    {
5883 		ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1];
5884 		screen_char(off, row, col);
5885 	    }
5886 	    else
5887 #endif
5888 		screen_char(off, row, col);
5889 	}
5890 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5891 	if (has_mbyte)
5892 	{
5893 	    off += mbyte_cells;
5894 	    col += mbyte_cells;
5895 	    ptr += mbyte_blen;
5896 	    if (clear_next_cell)
5897 		ptr = (char_u *)" ";
5898 	}
5899 	else
5900 #endif
5901 	{
5902 	    ++off;
5903 	    ++col;
5904 	    ++ptr;
5905 	}
5906     }
5907 }
5908 
5909 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
5910 /*
5911  * Prepare for 'searchhl' highlighting.
5912  */
5913     static void
5914 start_search_hl()
5915 {
5916     if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch)
5917     {
5918 	last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm);
5919 	search_hl.attr = hl_attr(HLF_L);
5920     }
5921 }
5922 
5923 /*
5924  * Clean up for 'searchhl' highlighting.
5925  */
5926     static void
5927 end_search_hl()
5928 {
5929     if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL)
5930     {
5931 	vim_free(search_hl.rm.regprog);
5932 	search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL;
5933     }
5934 }
5935 
5936 /*
5937  * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it.
5938  */
5939     static void
5940 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum)
5941     win_T	*wp;
5942     linenr_T	lnum;
5943 {
5944     match_T	*shl;		/* points to search_hl or match_hl */
5945     int		n;
5946 
5947     /*
5948      * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top
5949      * of the window or just after a closed fold.
5950      * Do this both for search_hl and match_hl.
5951      */
5952     shl = &search_hl;
5953     for (;;)
5954     {
5955 	if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL
5956 		&& shl->lnum == 0
5957 		&& re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog))
5958 	{
5959 	    if (shl->first_lnum == 0)
5960 	    {
5961 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
5962 		for (shl->first_lnum = lnum;
5963 			   shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum)
5964 		    if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1,
5965 						      NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL))
5966 			break;
5967 # else
5968 		shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline;
5969 # endif
5970 	    }
5971 	    n = 0;
5972 	    while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && shl->rm.regprog != NULL)
5973 	    {
5974 		next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n);
5975 		if (shl->lnum != 0)
5976 		{
5977 		    shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum
5978 				    + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum
5979 				    - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum;
5980 		    n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
5981 		}
5982 		else
5983 		{
5984 		    ++shl->first_lnum;
5985 		    n = 0;
5986 		}
5987 	    }
5988 	}
5989 	if (shl == &match_hl)
5990 	    break;
5991 	shl = &match_hl;
5992     }
5993 }
5994 
5995 /*
5996  * Search for a next 'searchl' or ":match" match.
5997  * Uses shl->buf.
5998  * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents.
5999  * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless
6000  * shl->lnum is zero.
6001  * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid.
6002  */
6003     static void
6004 next_search_hl(win, shl, lnum, mincol)
6005     win_T	*win;
6006     match_T	*shl;		/* points to search_hl or match_hl */
6007     linenr_T	lnum;
6008     colnr_T	mincol;		/* minimal column for a match */
6009 {
6010     linenr_T	l;
6011     colnr_T	matchcol;
6012     long	nmatched;
6013 
6014     if (shl->lnum != 0)
6015     {
6016 	/* Check for three situations:
6017 	 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search.
6018 	 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it.
6019 	 * 3. Continue after the previous match.
6020 	 */
6021 	l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum;
6022 	if (lnum > l)
6023 	    shl->lnum = 0;
6024 	else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol)
6025 	    return;
6026     }
6027 
6028     /*
6029      * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol"
6030      * or none is found in this line.
6031      */
6032     called_emsg = FALSE;
6033     for (;;)
6034     {
6035 	/* Three situations:
6036 	 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line.
6037 	 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character.
6038 	 *    Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line.
6039 	 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match.
6040 	 */
6041 	if (shl->lnum == 0)
6042 	    matchcol = 0;
6043 	else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL
6044 		|| (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0
6045 		    && shl->rm.endpos[0].col == shl->rm.startpos[0].col))
6046 	{
6047 	    matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col + 1;
6048 	    if (ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE)[matchcol - 1] == NUL)
6049 	    {
6050 		shl->lnum = 0;
6051 		break;
6052 	    }
6053 	}
6054 	else
6055 	    matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
6056 
6057 	shl->lnum = lnum;
6058 	nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, matchcol);
6059 	if (called_emsg)
6060 	{
6061 	    /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */
6062 	    vim_free(shl->rm.regprog);
6063 	    shl->rm.regprog = NULL;
6064 	    no_hlsearch = TRUE;
6065 	    break;
6066 	}
6067 	if (nmatched == 0)
6068 	{
6069 	    shl->lnum = 0;		/* no match found */
6070 	    break;
6071 	}
6072 	if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0
6073 		|| shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol
6074 		|| nmatched > 1
6075 		|| shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol)
6076 	{
6077 	    shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum;
6078 	    break;			/* useful match found */
6079 	}
6080     }
6081 }
6082 #endif
6083 
6084       static void
6085 screen_start_highlight(attr)
6086       int	attr;
6087 {
6088     attrentry_T *aep = NULL;
6089 
6090     screen_attr = attr;
6091     if (full_screen
6092 #ifdef WIN3264
6093 		    && termcap_active
6094 #endif
6095 				       )
6096     {
6097 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6098 	if (gui.in_use)
6099 	{
6100 	    char	buf[20];
6101 
6102 	    sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr);		/* internal GUI code */
6103 	    OUT_STR(buf);
6104 	}
6105 	else
6106 #endif
6107 	{
6108 	    if (attr > HL_ALL)				/* special HL attr. */
6109 	    {
6110 		if (t_colors > 1)
6111 		    aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr);
6112 		else
6113 		    aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr);
6114 		if (aep == NULL)	    /* did ":syntax clear" */
6115 		    attr = 0;
6116 		else
6117 		    attr = aep->ae_attr;
6118 	    }
6119 	    if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && T_MD != NULL)	/* bold */
6120 		out_str(T_MD);
6121 	    if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && T_SO != NULL)	/* standout */
6122 		out_str(T_SO);
6123 	    if ((attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) && T_US != NULL)
6124 						   /* underline or undercurl */
6125 		out_str(T_US);
6126 	    if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && T_CZH != NULL)	/* italic */
6127 		out_str(T_CZH);
6128 	    if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && T_MR != NULL)	/* inverse (reverse) */
6129 		out_str(T_MR);
6130 
6131 	    /*
6132 	     * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the
6133 	     * bold etc. override the color setting.
6134 	     */
6135 	    if (aep != NULL)
6136 	    {
6137 		if (t_colors > 1)
6138 		{
6139 		    if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color)
6140 			term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1);
6141 		    if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)
6142 			term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1);
6143 		}
6144 		else
6145 		{
6146 		    if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL)
6147 			out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start);
6148 		}
6149 	    }
6150 	}
6151     }
6152 }
6153 
6154       void
6155 screen_stop_highlight()
6156 {
6157     int	    do_ME = FALSE;	    /* output T_ME code */
6158 
6159     if (screen_attr != 0
6160 #ifdef WIN3264
6161 			&& termcap_active
6162 #endif
6163 					   )
6164     {
6165 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6166 	if (gui.in_use)
6167 	{
6168 	    char	buf[20];
6169 
6170 	    /* use internal GUI code */
6171 	    sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr);
6172 	    OUT_STR(buf);
6173 	}
6174 	else
6175 #endif
6176 	{
6177 	    if (screen_attr > HL_ALL)			/* special HL attr. */
6178 	    {
6179 		attrentry_T *aep;
6180 
6181 		if (t_colors > 1)
6182 		{
6183 		    /*
6184 		     * Assume that t_me restores the original colors!
6185 		     */
6186 		    aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr);
6187 		    if (aep != NULL && (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
6188 						 || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color))
6189 			do_ME = TRUE;
6190 		}
6191 		else
6192 		{
6193 		    aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr);
6194 		    if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL)
6195 		    {
6196 			if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0)
6197 			    do_ME = TRUE;
6198 			else
6199 			    out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop);
6200 		    }
6201 		}
6202 		if (aep == NULL)	    /* did ":syntax clear" */
6203 		    screen_attr = 0;
6204 		else
6205 		    screen_attr = aep->ae_attr;
6206 	    }
6207 
6208 	    /*
6209 	     * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME.  Avoid outputting the
6210 	     * same sequence several times.
6211 	     */
6212 	    if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT)
6213 	    {
6214 		if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0)
6215 		    do_ME = TRUE;
6216 		else
6217 		    out_str(T_SE);
6218 	    }
6219 	    if (screen_attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL))
6220 	    {
6221 		if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0)
6222 		    do_ME = TRUE;
6223 		else
6224 		    out_str(T_UE);
6225 	    }
6226 	    if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC)
6227 	    {
6228 		if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0)
6229 		    do_ME = TRUE;
6230 		else
6231 		    out_str(T_CZR);
6232 	    }
6233 	    if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE)))
6234 		out_str(T_ME);
6235 
6236 	    if (t_colors > 1)
6237 	    {
6238 		/* set Normal cterm colors */
6239 		if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0)
6240 		    term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1);
6241 		if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0)
6242 		    term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1);
6243 		if (cterm_normal_fg_bold)
6244 		    out_str(T_MD);
6245 	    }
6246 	}
6247     }
6248     screen_attr = 0;
6249 }
6250 
6251 /*
6252  * Reset the colors for a cterm.  Used when leaving Vim.
6253  * The machine specific code may override this again.
6254  */
6255     void
6256 reset_cterm_colors()
6257 {
6258     if (t_colors > 1)
6259     {
6260 	/* set Normal cterm colors */
6261 	if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)
6262 	{
6263 	    out_str(T_OP);
6264 	    screen_attr = -1;
6265 	}
6266 	if (cterm_normal_fg_bold)
6267 	{
6268 	    out_str(T_ME);
6269 	    screen_attr = -1;
6270 	}
6271     }
6272 }
6273 
6274 /*
6275  * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col",
6276  * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"].
6277  */
6278     static void
6279 screen_char(off, row, col)
6280     unsigned	off;
6281     int		row;
6282     int		col;
6283 {
6284     int		attr;
6285 
6286     /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after
6287      * resizing). */
6288     if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns)
6289 	return;
6290 
6291     /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen.
6292      * Don't to it!  Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */
6293     if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1
6294 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
6295 	    /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */
6296 	    && !cmdmsg_rl
6297 #endif
6298        )
6299     {
6300 	ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1;
6301 	return;
6302     }
6303 
6304     /*
6305      * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor.
6306      */
6307 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)
6308     if (screen_char_attr != 0)
6309 	attr = screen_char_attr;
6310     else
6311 #endif
6312 	attr = ScreenAttrs[off];
6313     if (screen_attr != attr)
6314 	screen_stop_highlight();
6315 
6316     windgoto(row, col);
6317 
6318     if (screen_attr != attr)
6319 	screen_start_highlight(attr);
6320 
6321 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6322     if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0)
6323     {
6324 	char_u	    buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
6325 
6326 	/* Convert UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */
6327 
6328 	buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL;
6329 
6330 	out_str(buf);
6331 	if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1)
6332 	    ++screen_cur_col;
6333     }
6334     else
6335 #endif
6336     {
6337 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6338 	out_flush_check();
6339 #endif
6340 	out_char(ScreenLines[off]);
6341 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6342 	/* double-byte character in single-width cell */
6343 	if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e)
6344 	    out_char(ScreenLines2[off]);
6345 #endif
6346     }
6347 
6348     screen_cur_col++;
6349 }
6350 
6351 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6352 
6353 /*
6354  * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"]
6355  * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'.
6356  * The attributes of the first byte is used for all.  This is required to
6357  * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between.
6358  */
6359     static void
6360 screen_char_2(off, row, col)
6361     unsigned	off;
6362     int		row;
6363     int		col;
6364 {
6365     /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */
6366     if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns))
6367 	return;
6368 
6369     /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen.
6370      * Don't to it!  Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */
6371     if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2)
6372     {
6373 	ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1;
6374 	return;
6375     }
6376 
6377     /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the
6378      * second byte directly. */
6379     screen_char(off, row, col);
6380     out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]);
6381     ++screen_cur_col;
6382 }
6383 #endif
6384 
6385 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) || defined(PROTO)
6386 /*
6387  * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE.
6388  * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it.
6389  */
6390     void
6391 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, height, width, invert)
6392     int		row;
6393     int		col;
6394     int		height;
6395     int		width;
6396     int		invert;
6397 {
6398     int		r, c;
6399     int		off;
6400 
6401     if (invert)
6402 	screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE;
6403     for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r)
6404     {
6405 	off = LineOffset[r];
6406 	for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c)
6407 	{
6408 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6409 	    if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c) > 1)
6410 	    {
6411 		screen_char_2(off + c, r, c);
6412 		++c;
6413 	    }
6414 	    else
6415 #endif
6416 	    {
6417 		screen_char(off + c, r, c);
6418 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6419 		if (utf_off2cells(off + c) > 1)
6420 		    ++c;
6421 #endif
6422 	    }
6423 	}
6424     }
6425     screen_char_attr = 0;
6426 }
6427 #endif
6428 
6429 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
6430 /*
6431  * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window.
6432  */
6433     static void
6434 redraw_block(row, end, wp)
6435     int		row;
6436     int		end;
6437     win_T	*wp;
6438 {
6439     int		col;
6440     int		width;
6441 
6442 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
6443     clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1);
6444 # endif
6445 
6446     if (wp == NULL)
6447     {
6448 	col = 0;
6449 	width = Columns;
6450     }
6451     else
6452     {
6453 	col = wp->w_wincol;
6454 	width = wp->w_width;
6455     }
6456     screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE);
6457 }
6458 #endif
6459 
6460 /*
6461  * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col'
6462  * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns.
6463  * Use attributes 'attr'.
6464  */
6465     void
6466 screen_fill(start_row, end_row, start_col, end_col, c1, c2, attr)
6467     int	    start_row, end_row;
6468     int	    start_col, end_col;
6469     int	    c1, c2;
6470     int	    attr;
6471 {
6472     int		    row;
6473     int		    col;
6474     int		    off;
6475     int		    end_off;
6476     int		    did_delete;
6477     int		    c;
6478     int		    norm_term;
6479 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6480     int		    force_next = FALSE;
6481 #endif
6482 
6483     if (end_row > screen_Rows)		/* safety check */
6484 	end_row = screen_Rows;
6485     if (end_col > screen_Columns)	/* safety check */
6486 	end_col = screen_Columns;
6487     if (ScreenLines == NULL
6488 	    || start_row >= end_row
6489 	    || start_col >= end_col)	/* nothing to do */
6490 	return;
6491 
6492     /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */
6493     norm_term = (
6494 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6495 	    !gui.in_use &&
6496 #endif
6497 			    t_colors <= 1);
6498     for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row)
6499     {
6500 	/*
6501 	 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a
6502 	 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a
6503 	 * space.
6504 	 */
6505 	did_delete = FALSE;
6506 	if (c2 == ' '
6507 		&& end_col == Columns
6508 		&& can_clear(T_CE)
6509 		&& (attr == 0
6510 		    || (norm_term
6511 			&& attr <= HL_ALL
6512 			&& ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0))))
6513 	{
6514 	    /*
6515 	     * check if we really need to clear something
6516 	     */
6517 	    col = start_col;
6518 	    if (c1 != ' ')			/* don't clear first char */
6519 		++col;
6520 
6521 	    off = LineOffset[row] + col;
6522 	    end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col;
6523 
6524 	    /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */
6525 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6526 	    if (enc_utf8)
6527 		while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' '
6528 			  && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0)
6529 		    ++off;
6530 	    else
6531 #endif
6532 		while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' '
6533 						     && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0)
6534 		    ++off;
6535 	    if (off < end_off)		/* something to be cleared */
6536 	    {
6537 		col = off - LineOffset[row];
6538 		screen_stop_highlight();
6539 		term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */
6540 		out_str(T_CE);
6541 		screen_start();		/* don't know where cursor is now */
6542 		col = end_col - col;
6543 		while (col--)		/* clear chars in ScreenLines */
6544 		{
6545 		    ScreenLines[off] = ' ';
6546 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6547 		    if (enc_utf8)
6548 			ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
6549 #endif
6550 		    ScreenAttrs[off] = 0;
6551 		    ++off;
6552 		}
6553 	    }
6554 	    did_delete = TRUE;		/* the chars are cleared now */
6555 	}
6556 
6557 	off = LineOffset[row] + start_col;
6558 	c = c1;
6559 	for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col)
6560 	{
6561 	    if (ScreenLines[off] != c
6562 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6563 		    || (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0))
6564 #endif
6565 		    || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr
6566 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6567 		    || force_next
6568 #endif
6569 		    )
6570 	    {
6571 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6572 		/* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in
6573 		 * the next character.  When a bold character is removed, the
6574 		 * next character should be redrawn too.  This happens for our
6575 		 * own GUI and for some xterms.  */
6576 		if (
6577 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
6578 			gui.in_use
6579 # endif
6580 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX)
6581 			||
6582 # endif
6583 # ifdef UNIX
6584 			term_is_xterm
6585 # endif
6586 		   )
6587 		{
6588 		    if (ScreenLines[off] != ' '
6589 			    && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL
6590 				|| ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD))
6591 			force_next = TRUE;
6592 		    else
6593 			force_next = FALSE;
6594 		}
6595 #endif
6596 		ScreenLines[off] = c;
6597 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6598 		if (enc_utf8)
6599 		{
6600 		    if (c >= 0x80)
6601 		    {
6602 			ScreenLinesUC[off] = c;
6603 			ScreenLinesC1[off] = 0;
6604 			ScreenLinesC2[off] = 0;
6605 		    }
6606 		    else
6607 			ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
6608 		}
6609 #endif
6610 		ScreenAttrs[off] = attr;
6611 		if (!did_delete || c != ' ')
6612 		    screen_char(off, row, col);
6613 	    }
6614 	    ++off;
6615 	    if (col == start_col)
6616 	    {
6617 		if (did_delete)
6618 		    break;
6619 		c = c2;
6620 	    }
6621 	}
6622 	if (end_col == Columns)
6623 	    LineWraps[row] = FALSE;
6624 	if (row == Rows - 1)		/* overwritten the command line */
6625 	{
6626 	    redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
6627 	    if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ')
6628 		clear_cmdline = FALSE;	/* command line has been cleared */
6629 	}
6630     }
6631 }
6632 
6633 /*
6634  * Check if there should be a delay.  Used before clearing or redrawing the
6635  * screen or the command line.
6636  */
6637     void
6638 check_for_delay(check_msg_scroll)
6639     int	    check_msg_scroll;
6640 {
6641     if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll))
6642 	    && !did_wait_return
6643 	    && emsg_silent == 0)
6644     {
6645 	out_flush();
6646 	ui_delay(1000L, TRUE);
6647 	emsg_on_display = FALSE;
6648 	if (check_msg_scroll)
6649 	    msg_scroll = FALSE;
6650     }
6651 }
6652 
6653 /*
6654  * screen_valid -  allocate screen buffers if size changed
6655  *   If "clear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized.
6656  *	Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to.
6657  *	Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet.
6658  */
6659     int
6660 screen_valid(clear)
6661     int	    clear;
6662 {
6663     screenalloc(clear);	    /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */
6664     return (ScreenLines != NULL);
6665 }
6666 
6667 /*
6668  * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns.
6669  * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items.
6670  *
6671  * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating
6672  * ScreenLines[].  This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing
6673  * the shell size.  Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items
6674  * in ScreenLines[].  Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the
6675  * final size of the shell is needed.
6676  */
6677     void
6678 screenalloc(clear)
6679     int	    clear;
6680 {
6681     int		    new_row, old_row;
6682 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6683     int		    old_Rows;
6684 #endif
6685     win_T	    *wp;
6686     int		    outofmem = FALSE;
6687     int		    len;
6688     schar_T	    *new_ScreenLines;
6689 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6690     u8char_T	    *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL;
6691     u8char_T	    *new_ScreenLinesC1 = NULL;
6692     u8char_T	    *new_ScreenLinesC2 = NULL;
6693     schar_T	    *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL;
6694 #endif
6695     sattr_T	    *new_ScreenAttrs;
6696     unsigned	    *new_LineOffset;
6697     char_u	    *new_LineWraps;
6698     static int	    entered = FALSE;		/* avoid recursiveness */
6699 
6700     /*
6701      * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and
6702      * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full
6703      * screen stuff.
6704      */
6705     if ((ScreenLines != NULL
6706 		&& Rows == screen_Rows
6707 		&& Columns == screen_Columns
6708 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6709 		&& enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL)
6710 		&& (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL)
6711 #endif
6712 		)
6713 	    || Rows == 0
6714 	    || Columns == 0
6715 	    || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL))
6716 	return;
6717 
6718     /*
6719      * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which
6720      * will cause this function to be called again.  To break the loop, just
6721      * return here.
6722      */
6723     if (entered)
6724 	return;
6725     entered = TRUE;
6726 
6727     win_new_shellsize();    /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */
6728 
6729     comp_col();		/* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */
6730 
6731     /*
6732      * We're changing the size of the screen.
6733      * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs.
6734      * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra
6735      *	 lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared).
6736      * - Free the old arrays.
6737      *
6738      * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything!
6739      * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the
6740      * size is wrong.
6741      */
6742 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6743     for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
6744 	win_free_lsize(wp);
6745 #else
6746 	win_free_lsize(curwin);
6747 #endif
6748 
6749     new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
6750 			      (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE);
6751 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6752     if (enc_utf8)
6753     {
6754 	new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
6755 			     (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE);
6756 	new_ScreenLinesC1 = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
6757 			     (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE);
6758 	new_ScreenLinesC2 = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
6759 			     (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE);
6760     }
6761     if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
6762 	new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
6763 			     (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE);
6764 #endif
6765     new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
6766 			      (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE);
6767     new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)(
6768 					 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE);
6769     new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE);
6770 
6771     FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
6772     {
6773 	if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL)
6774 	{
6775 	    outofmem = TRUE;
6776 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6777 	    break;
6778 #endif
6779 	}
6780     }
6781 
6782     if (new_ScreenLines == NULL
6783 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6784 	    || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL
6785 		   || new_ScreenLinesC1 == NULL || new_ScreenLinesC2 == NULL))
6786 	    || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL)
6787 #endif
6788 	    || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL
6789 	    || new_LineOffset == NULL
6790 	    || new_LineWraps == NULL
6791 	    || outofmem)
6792     {
6793 	do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns));    /* guess the size */
6794 	vim_free(new_ScreenLines);
6795 	new_ScreenLines = NULL;
6796 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6797 	vim_free(new_ScreenLinesUC);
6798 	new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL;
6799 	vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC1);
6800 	new_ScreenLinesC1 = NULL;
6801 	vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC2);
6802 	new_ScreenLinesC2 = NULL;
6803 	vim_free(new_ScreenLines2);
6804 	new_ScreenLines2 = NULL;
6805 #endif
6806 	vim_free(new_ScreenAttrs);
6807 	new_ScreenAttrs = NULL;
6808 	vim_free(new_LineOffset);
6809 	new_LineOffset = NULL;
6810 	vim_free(new_LineWraps);
6811 	new_LineWraps = NULL;
6812     }
6813     else
6814     {
6815 	for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row)
6816 	{
6817 	    new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns;
6818 	    new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE;
6819 
6820 	    /*
6821 	     * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as
6822 	     * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest
6823 	     * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when
6824 	     * executing an external command, for the GUI).
6825 	     */
6826 	    if (!clear)
6827 	    {
6828 		(void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns,
6829 				      ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T));
6830 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6831 		if (enc_utf8)
6832 		{
6833 		    (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns,
6834 				       0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T));
6835 		    (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC1 + new_row * Columns,
6836 				       0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T));
6837 		    (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC2 + new_row * Columns,
6838 				       0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T));
6839 		}
6840 		if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
6841 		    (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns,
6842 				       0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T));
6843 #endif
6844 		(void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns,
6845 					0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T));
6846 		old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows);
6847 		if (old_row >= 0)
6848 		{
6849 		    if (screen_Columns < Columns)
6850 			len = screen_Columns;
6851 		    else
6852 			len = Columns;
6853 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6854 		    /* When switching to utf-8 dont copy characters, they
6855 		     * may be invalid now. */
6856 		    if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL))
6857 #endif
6858 			mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row],
6859 				ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row],
6860 				(size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T));
6861 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6862 		    if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL)
6863 		    {
6864 			mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row],
6865 				ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row],
6866 				(size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T));
6867 			mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC1 + new_LineOffset[new_row],
6868 				ScreenLinesC1 + LineOffset[old_row],
6869 				(size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T));
6870 			mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC2 + new_LineOffset[new_row],
6871 				ScreenLinesC2 + LineOffset[old_row],
6872 				(size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T));
6873 		    }
6874 		    if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL)
6875 			mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row],
6876 				ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row],
6877 				(size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T));
6878 #endif
6879 		    mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row],
6880 			    ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row],
6881 			    (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T));
6882 		}
6883 	    }
6884 	}
6885 	/* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */
6886 	current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns;
6887     }
6888 
6889     free_screenlines();
6890 
6891     ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines;
6892 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6893     ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC;
6894     ScreenLinesC1 = new_ScreenLinesC1;
6895     ScreenLinesC2 = new_ScreenLinesC2;
6896     ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2;
6897 #endif
6898     ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs;
6899     LineOffset = new_LineOffset;
6900     LineWraps = new_LineWraps;
6901 
6902     /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual
6903      * size of ScreenLines[].  Set them before calling anything. */
6904 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6905     old_Rows = screen_Rows;
6906 #endif
6907     screen_Rows = Rows;
6908     screen_Columns = Columns;
6909 
6910     must_redraw = CLEAR;	/* need to clear the screen later */
6911     if (clear)
6912 	screenclear2();
6913 
6914 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6915     else if (gui.in_use
6916 	    && !gui.starting
6917 	    && ScreenLines != NULL
6918 	    && old_Rows != Rows)
6919     {
6920 	(void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0);
6921 	/*
6922 	 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external
6923 	 * command.
6924 	 */
6925 	if (msg_row >= Rows)		/* Rows got smaller */
6926 	    msg_row = Rows - 1;		/* put cursor at last row */
6927 	else if (Rows > old_Rows)	/* Rows got bigger */
6928 	    msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */
6929 	if (msg_col >= Columns)		/* Columns got smaller */
6930 	    msg_col = Columns - 1;	/* put cursor at last column */
6931     }
6932 #endif
6933 
6934     entered = FALSE;
6935 }
6936 
6937     void
6938 free_screenlines()
6939 {
6940     vim_free(ScreenLines);
6941 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6942     vim_free(ScreenLinesUC);
6943     vim_free(ScreenLinesC1);
6944     vim_free(ScreenLinesC2);
6945     vim_free(ScreenLines2);
6946 #endif
6947     vim_free(ScreenAttrs);
6948     vim_free(LineOffset);
6949     vim_free(LineWraps);
6950 }
6951 
6952     void
6953 screenclear()
6954 {
6955     check_for_delay(FALSE);
6956     screenalloc(FALSE);	    /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */
6957     screenclear2();	    /* clear the screen */
6958 }
6959 
6960     static void
6961 screenclear2()
6962 {
6963     int	    i;
6964 
6965     if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL
6966 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6967 	    || (gui.in_use && gui.starting)
6968 #endif
6969 	    )
6970 	return;
6971 
6972 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6973     if (!gui.in_use)
6974 #endif
6975 	screen_attr = -1;	/* force setting the Normal colors */
6976     screen_stop_highlight();	/* don't want highlighting here */
6977 
6978 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
6979     /* disable selection without redrawing it */
6980     clip_scroll_selection(9999);
6981 #endif
6982 
6983     /* blank out ScreenLines */
6984     for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i)
6985     {
6986 	lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns);
6987 	LineWraps[i] = FALSE;
6988     }
6989 
6990     if (can_clear(T_CL))
6991     {
6992 	out_str(T_CL);		/* clear the display */
6993 	clear_cmdline = FALSE;
6994     }
6995     else
6996     {
6997 	/* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */
6998 	for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i)
6999 	    lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns);
7000 	clear_cmdline = TRUE;
7001     }
7002 
7003     screen_cleared = TRUE;	/* can use contents of ScreenLines now */
7004 
7005     win_rest_invalid(firstwin);
7006     redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
7007     if (must_redraw == CLEAR)	/* no need to clear again */
7008 	must_redraw = NOT_VALID;
7009     compute_cmdrow();
7010     msg_row = cmdline_row;	/* put cursor on last line for messages */
7011     msg_col = 0;
7012     screen_start();		/* don't know where cursor is now */
7013     msg_scrolled = 0;		/* can't scroll back */
7014     msg_didany = FALSE;
7015     msg_didout = FALSE;
7016 }
7017 
7018 /*
7019  * Clear one line in ScreenLines.
7020  */
7021     static void
7022 lineclear(off, width)
7023     unsigned	off;
7024     int		width;
7025 {
7026     (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T));
7027 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7028     if (enc_utf8)
7029 	(void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0,
7030 					  (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T));
7031 #endif
7032     (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, 0, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T));
7033 }
7034 
7035 /*
7036  * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an
7037  * invalid value.
7038  */
7039     static void
7040 lineinvalid(off, width)
7041     unsigned	off;
7042     int		width;
7043 {
7044     (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T));
7045 }
7046 
7047 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
7048 /*
7049  * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp".
7050  */
7051     static void
7052 linecopy(to, from, wp)
7053     int		to;
7054     int		from;
7055     win_T	*wp;
7056 {
7057     unsigned	off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol;
7058     unsigned	off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol;
7059 
7060     mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from,
7061 	    wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T));
7062 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7063     if (enc_utf8)
7064     {
7065 	mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from,
7066 		wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T));
7067 	mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC1 + off_to, ScreenLinesC1 + off_from,
7068 		wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T));
7069 	mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC2 + off_to, ScreenLinesC2 + off_from,
7070 		wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T));
7071     }
7072     if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
7073 	mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from,
7074 		wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T));
7075 # endif
7076     mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from,
7077 	    wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T));
7078 }
7079 #endif
7080 
7081 /*
7082  * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work.
7083  * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background.
7084  */
7085     int
7086 can_clear(p)
7087     char_u	*p;
7088 {
7089     return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1
7090 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7091 		|| gui.in_use
7092 #endif
7093 		|| cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 || *T_UT != NUL));
7094 }
7095 
7096 /*
7097  * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting
7098  * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control
7099  * code.
7100  */
7101     void
7102 screen_start()
7103 {
7104     screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999;
7105 }
7106 
7107 /*
7108  * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen.
7109  * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of
7110  * characters sent to the terminal.
7111  */
7112     void
7113 windgoto(row, col)
7114     int	    row;
7115     int	    col;
7116 {
7117     sattr_T	    *p;
7118     int		    i;
7119     int		    plan;
7120     int		    cost;
7121     int		    wouldbe_col;
7122     int		    noinvcurs;
7123     char_u	    *bs;
7124     int		    goto_cost;
7125     int		    attr;
7126 
7127 #define GOTO_COST   7	/* asssume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */
7128 #define HIGHL_COST  5	/* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */
7129 
7130 #define PLAN_LE	    1
7131 #define PLAN_CR	    2
7132 #define PLAN_NL	    3
7133 #define PLAN_WRITE  4
7134     /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */
7135     if (ScreenLines == NULL)
7136 	return;
7137 
7138     if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row)
7139     {
7140 	/* Check for valid position. */
7141 	if (row < 0)	/* window without text lines? */
7142 	    row = 0;
7143 	if (row >= screen_Rows)
7144 	    row = screen_Rows - 1;
7145 	if (col >= screen_Columns)
7146 	    col = screen_Columns - 1;
7147 
7148 	/* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */
7149 	if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL)
7150 	    noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST;
7151 	else
7152 	    noinvcurs = 0;
7153 	goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs;
7154 
7155 	/*
7156 	 * Plan how to do the positioning:
7157 	 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row.
7158 	 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left.
7159 	 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0.
7160 	 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars.
7161 	 *
7162 	 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor
7163 	 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't )
7164 	 *
7165 	 * First check if the highlighting attibutes allow us to write
7166 	 * characters to move the cursor to the right.
7167 	 */
7168 	if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns)
7169 	{
7170 	    /*
7171 	     * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR
7172 	     * or T_LE.
7173 	     */
7174 	    bs = NULL;			    /* init for GCC */
7175 	    attr = screen_attr;
7176 	    if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col)
7177 	    {
7178 		/* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */
7179 		if (*T_LE)
7180 		    bs = T_LE;		    /* "cursor left" */
7181 		else
7182 		    bs = T_BC;		    /* "backspace character (old) */
7183 		if (*bs)
7184 		    cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs);
7185 		else
7186 		    cost = 999;
7187 		if (col + 1 < cost)	    /* using CR is less characters */
7188 		{
7189 		    plan = PLAN_CR;
7190 		    wouldbe_col = 0;
7191 		    cost = 1;		    /* CR is just one character */
7192 		}
7193 		else
7194 		{
7195 		    plan = PLAN_LE;
7196 		    wouldbe_col = col;
7197 		}
7198 		if (noinvcurs)		    /* will stop highlighting */
7199 		{
7200 		    cost += noinvcurs;
7201 		    attr = 0;
7202 		}
7203 	    }
7204 
7205 	    /*
7206 	     * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF.
7207 	     */
7208 	    else if (row > screen_cur_row)
7209 	    {
7210 		plan = PLAN_NL;
7211 		wouldbe_col = 0;
7212 		cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2;  /* CR LF */
7213 		if (noinvcurs)		    /* will stop highlighting */
7214 		{
7215 		    cost += noinvcurs;
7216 		    attr = 0;
7217 		}
7218 	    }
7219 
7220 	    /*
7221 	     * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write.
7222 	     */
7223 	    else
7224 	    {
7225 		plan = PLAN_WRITE;
7226 		wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col;
7227 		cost = 0;
7228 	    }
7229 
7230 	    /*
7231 	     * Check if any characters that need to be written have the
7232 	     * correct attributes.  Also avoid UTF-8 characters.
7233 	     */
7234 	    i = col - wouldbe_col;
7235 	    if (i > 0)
7236 		cost += i;
7237 	    if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0)
7238 	    {
7239 		/*
7240 		 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally
7241 		 * stopping highlighting.
7242 		 */
7243 		p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col;
7244 		while (i && *p++ == attr)
7245 		    --i;
7246 		if (i != 0)
7247 		{
7248 		    /*
7249 		     * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here.
7250 		     */
7251 		    if (*--p == 0)
7252 		    {
7253 			cost += noinvcurs;
7254 			while (i && *p++ == 0)
7255 			    --i;
7256 		    }
7257 		    if (i != 0)
7258 			cost = 999;	/* different attributes, don't do it */
7259 		}
7260 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7261 		if (enc_utf8)
7262 		{
7263 		    /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */
7264 		    for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i)
7265 			if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0)
7266 			{
7267 			    cost = 999;
7268 			    break;
7269 			}
7270 		}
7271 #endif
7272 	    }
7273 
7274 	    /*
7275 	     * We can do it without term_windgoto()!
7276 	     */
7277 	    if (cost < goto_cost)
7278 	    {
7279 		if (plan == PLAN_LE)
7280 		{
7281 		    if (noinvcurs)
7282 			screen_stop_highlight();
7283 		    while (screen_cur_col > col)
7284 		    {
7285 			out_str(bs);
7286 			--screen_cur_col;
7287 		    }
7288 		}
7289 		else if (plan == PLAN_CR)
7290 		{
7291 		    if (noinvcurs)
7292 			screen_stop_highlight();
7293 		    out_char('\r');
7294 		    screen_cur_col = 0;
7295 		}
7296 		else if (plan == PLAN_NL)
7297 		{
7298 		    if (noinvcurs)
7299 			screen_stop_highlight();
7300 		    while (screen_cur_row < row)
7301 		    {
7302 			out_char('\n');
7303 			++screen_cur_row;
7304 		    }
7305 		    screen_cur_col = 0;
7306 		}
7307 
7308 		i = col - screen_cur_col;
7309 		if (i > 0)
7310 		{
7311 		    /*
7312 		     * Use cursor-right if it's one character only.  Avoids
7313 		     * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when
7314 		     * using the bold trick in the GUI.
7315 		     */
7316 		    if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL)
7317 		    {
7318 			while (i-- > 0)
7319 			    out_char(*T_ND);
7320 		    }
7321 		    else
7322 		    {
7323 			int	off;
7324 
7325 			off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col;
7326 			while (i-- > 0)
7327 			{
7328 			    if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr)
7329 				screen_stop_highlight();
7330 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7331 			    out_flush_check();
7332 #endif
7333 			    out_char(ScreenLines[off]);
7334 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7335 			    if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU
7336 						  && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e)
7337 				out_char(ScreenLines2[off]);
7338 #endif
7339 			    ++off;
7340 			}
7341 		    }
7342 		}
7343 	    }
7344 	}
7345 	else
7346 	    cost = 999;
7347 
7348 	if (cost >= goto_cost)
7349 	{
7350 	    if (noinvcurs)
7351 		screen_stop_highlight();
7352 	    if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) &&
7353 								*T_CRI != NUL)
7354 		term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col);
7355 	    else
7356 		term_windgoto(row, col);
7357 	}
7358 	screen_cur_row = row;
7359 	screen_cur_col = col;
7360     }
7361 }
7362 
7363 /*
7364  * Set cursor to its position in the current window.
7365  */
7366     void
7367 setcursor()
7368 {
7369     if (redrawing())
7370     {
7371 	validate_cursor();
7372 	windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow,
7373 		W_WINCOL(curwin) + (
7374 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
7375 		curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin->w_wcol - (
7376 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7377 			has_mbyte ? (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) :
7378 # endif
7379 			1)) :
7380 #endif
7381 							    curwin->w_wcol));
7382     }
7383 }
7384 
7385 
7386 /*
7387  * insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp'
7388  * if 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated.
7389  * if 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than
7390  * scrolling.
7391  * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success.
7392  */
7393     int
7394 win_ins_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear)
7395     win_T	*wp;
7396     int		row;
7397     int		line_count;
7398     int		invalid;
7399     int		mayclear;
7400 {
7401     int		did_delete;
7402     int		nextrow;
7403     int		lastrow;
7404     int		retval;
7405 
7406     if (invalid)
7407 	wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
7408 
7409     if (wp->w_height < 5)
7410 	return FAIL;
7411 
7412     if (line_count > wp->w_height - row)
7413 	line_count = wp->w_height - row;
7414 
7415     retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE);
7416     if (retval != MAYBE)
7417 	return retval;
7418 
7419     /*
7420      * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the
7421      * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window.
7422      * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid
7423      * messing up those windows, better just redraw.
7424      */
7425     did_delete = FALSE;
7426 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7427     if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height)
7428     {
7429 	if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count,
7430 				    line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == OK)
7431 	    did_delete = TRUE;
7432 	else if (wp->w_next)
7433 	    return FAIL;
7434     }
7435 #endif
7436     /*
7437      * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window
7438      */
7439     if (!did_delete)
7440     {
7441 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7442 	wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
7443 #endif
7444 	redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
7445 	nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp);
7446 	lastrow = nextrow + line_count;
7447 	if (lastrow > Rows)
7448 	    lastrow = Rows;
7449 	screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count,
7450 		  W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
7451 		  ' ', ' ', 0);
7452     }
7453 
7454     if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, NULL)
7455 								      == FAIL)
7456     {
7457 	    /* deletion will have messed up other windows */
7458 	if (did_delete)
7459 	{
7460 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7461 	    wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
7462 #endif
7463 	    win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp));
7464 	}
7465 	return FAIL;
7466     }
7467 
7468     return OK;
7469 }
7470 
7471 /*
7472  * delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp"
7473  * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated.
7474  * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than
7475  * scrolling
7476  * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted.
7477  */
7478     int
7479 win_del_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear)
7480     win_T	*wp;
7481     int		row;
7482     int		line_count;
7483     int		invalid;
7484     int		mayclear;
7485 {
7486     int		retval;
7487 
7488     if (invalid)
7489 	wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
7490 
7491     if (line_count > wp->w_height - row)
7492 	line_count = wp->w_height - row;
7493 
7494     retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE);
7495     if (retval != MAYBE)
7496 	return retval;
7497 
7498     if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count,
7499 					      (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == FAIL)
7500 	return FAIL;
7501 
7502 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7503     /*
7504      * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the
7505      * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn.
7506      */
7507     if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1)
7508     {
7509 	if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count,
7510 					 line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL)
7511 	{
7512 	    wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
7513 	    win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next);
7514 	}
7515     }
7516     /*
7517      * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the
7518      * command line later.
7519      */
7520     else
7521 #endif
7522 	redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
7523     return OK;
7524 }
7525 
7526 /*
7527  * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines().
7528  * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done.
7529  * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet.
7530  */
7531     static int
7532 win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, del)
7533     win_T	*wp;
7534     int		row;
7535     int		line_count;
7536     int		mayclear;
7537     int		del;
7538 {
7539     int		retval;
7540 
7541     if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0)
7542 	return FAIL;
7543 
7544     /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */
7545     if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5
7546 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
7547 	    && wp->w_width == Columns
7548 #endif
7549 	    )
7550     {
7551 	screenclear();	    /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */
7552 	return FAIL;
7553     }
7554 
7555     /*
7556      * Delete all remaining lines
7557      */
7558     if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height)
7559     {
7560 	screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height,
7561 		W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
7562 		' ', ' ', 0);
7563 	return OK;
7564     }
7565 
7566     /*
7567      * when scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared,
7568      * otherwise it will stay there forever.
7569      */
7570     clear_cmdline = TRUE;
7571 
7572     /*
7573      * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that.
7574      * Always do this in a vertically split window.  This will redraw from
7575      * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined.  That's faster than using
7576      * win_line().
7577      * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing
7578      * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region causes a
7579      * scroll-up in the DJGPP version.
7580      */
7581     if (scroll_region
7582 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
7583 	    || W_WIDTH(wp) != Columns
7584 #endif
7585 	    )
7586     {
7587 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
7588 	if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL))
7589 #endif
7590 	    scroll_region_set(wp, row);
7591 	if (del)
7592 	    retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count,
7593 					       wp->w_height - row, FALSE, wp);
7594 	else
7595 	    retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count,
7596 						      wp->w_height - row, wp);
7597 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
7598 	if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL))
7599 #endif
7600 	    scroll_region_reset();
7601 	return retval;
7602     }
7603 
7604 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7605     if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */
7606 	return FAIL;
7607 #endif
7608 
7609     return MAYBE;
7610 }
7611 
7612 /*
7613  * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw
7614  */
7615     static void
7616 win_rest_invalid(wp)
7617     win_T	*wp;
7618 {
7619 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7620     while (wp != NULL)
7621 #else
7622     if (wp != NULL)
7623 #endif
7624     {
7625 	redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID);
7626 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7627 	wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
7628 	wp = wp->w_next;
7629 #endif
7630     }
7631     redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
7632 }
7633 
7634 /*
7635  * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The
7636  * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding
7637  * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor
7638  * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen.
7639  * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually
7640  * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate
7641  * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works.
7642  */
7643 
7644 /*
7645  * types for inserting or deleting lines
7646  */
7647 #define USE_T_CAL   1
7648 #define USE_T_CDL   2
7649 #define USE_T_AL    3
7650 #define USE_T_CE    4
7651 #define USE_T_DL    5
7652 #define USE_T_SR    6
7653 #define USE_NL	    7
7654 #define USE_T_CD    8
7655 #define USE_REDRAW  9
7656 
7657 /*
7658  * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[]
7659  * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows.
7660  * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region.
7661  * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region.
7662  *
7663  * return FAIL for failure, OK for success.
7664  */
7665     int
7666 screen_ins_lines(off, row, line_count, end, wp)
7667     int		off;
7668     int		row;
7669     int		line_count;
7670     int		end;
7671     win_T	*wp;	    /* NULL or window to use width from */
7672 {
7673     int		i;
7674     int		j;
7675     unsigned	temp;
7676     int		cursor_row;
7677     int		type;
7678     int		result_empty;
7679     int		can_ce = can_clear(T_CE);
7680 
7681     /*
7682      * FAIL if
7683      * - there is no valid screen
7684      * - the screen has to be redrawn completely
7685      * - the line count is less than one
7686      * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll'
7687      */
7688     if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll)
7689 	return FAIL;
7690 
7691     /*
7692      * There are seven ways to insert lines:
7693      * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the
7694      *    characters from ScreenLines[].
7695      * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of
7696      *	  the insert is just empty lines
7697      * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not
7698      *	  present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts
7699      *	  at once.
7700      * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the
7701      *	  insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count >
7702      *	  1.
7703      * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists.
7704      * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is
7705      *	  just empty lines.
7706      * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is
7707      *	  just empty lines.
7708      * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and
7709      *	  the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability.
7710      * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[].
7711      *
7712      * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves
7713      * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it
7714      * exists.
7715      */
7716     result_empty = (row + line_count >= end);
7717 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
7718     if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL)
7719 	type = USE_REDRAW;
7720     else
7721 #endif
7722     if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty)
7723 	type = USE_T_CD;
7724     else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL))
7725 	type = USE_T_CAL;
7726     else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce))
7727 	type = USE_T_CDL;
7728     else if (*T_AL != NUL)
7729 	type = USE_T_AL;
7730     else if (can_ce && result_empty)
7731 	type = USE_T_CE;
7732     else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty)
7733 	type = USE_T_DL;
7734     else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce))
7735 	type = USE_T_SR;
7736     else
7737 	return FAIL;
7738 
7739     /*
7740      * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take
7741      * care of t_db if necessary.
7742      */
7743     if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL ||
7744 					 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL)
7745 	return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, wp);
7746 
7747     /*
7748      * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many
7749      * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that
7750      * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines.
7751      */
7752     if (*T_DB)
7753 	screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, wp);
7754 
7755 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
7756     /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen
7757      * or not the full width of the screen. */
7758     if (off + row > 0
7759 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
7760 	    || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
7761 # endif
7762        )
7763 	clip_clear_selection();
7764     else
7765 	clip_scroll_selection(-line_count);
7766 #endif
7767 
7768 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7769     /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the
7770      * scrolling is actually carried out. */
7771     gui_dont_update_cursor();
7772 #endif
7773 
7774     if (*T_CCS != NUL)	   /* cursor relative to region */
7775 	cursor_row = row;
7776     else
7777 	cursor_row = row + off;
7778 
7779     /*
7780      * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines.
7781      * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[].
7782      */
7783     row += off;
7784     end += off;
7785     for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i)
7786     {
7787 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
7788 	if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
7789 	{
7790 	    /* need to copy part of a line */
7791 	    j = end - 1 - i;
7792 	    while ((j -= line_count) >= row)
7793 		linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp);
7794 	    j += line_count;
7795 	    if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
7796 		lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
7797 	    else
7798 		lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
7799 	    LineWraps[j] = FALSE;
7800 	}
7801 	else
7802 #endif
7803 	{
7804 	    j = end - 1 - i;
7805 	    temp = LineOffset[j];
7806 	    while ((j -= line_count) >= row)
7807 	    {
7808 		LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j];
7809 		LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j];
7810 	    }
7811 	    LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp;
7812 	    LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE;
7813 	    if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
7814 		lineclear(temp, (int)Columns);
7815 	    else
7816 		lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns);
7817 	}
7818     }
7819 
7820     screen_stop_highlight();
7821     windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
7822 
7823 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
7824     /* redraw the characters */
7825     if (type == USE_REDRAW)
7826 	redraw_block(row, end, wp);
7827     else
7828 #endif
7829 	if (type == USE_T_CAL)
7830     {
7831 	term_append_lines(line_count);
7832 	screen_start();		/* don't know where cursor is now */
7833     }
7834     else
7835     {
7836 	for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++)
7837 	{
7838 	    if (type == USE_T_AL)
7839 	    {
7840 		if (i && cursor_row != 0)
7841 		    windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
7842 		out_str(T_AL);
7843 	    }
7844 	    else  /* type == USE_T_SR */
7845 		out_str(T_SR);
7846 	    screen_start();	    /* don't know where cursor is now */
7847 	}
7848     }
7849 
7850     /*
7851      * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that
7852      * have been scrolled down into the region.
7853      */
7854     if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA)
7855     {
7856 	for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i)
7857 	{
7858 	    windgoto(off + i, 0);
7859 	    out_str(T_CE);
7860 	    screen_start();	    /* don't know where cursor is now */
7861 	}
7862     }
7863 
7864 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7865     gui_can_update_cursor();
7866     if (gui.in_use)
7867 	out_flush();	/* always flush after a scroll */
7868 #endif
7869     return OK;
7870 }
7871 
7872 /*
7873  * delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[]
7874  * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows.
7875  * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region.
7876  * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region.
7877  *
7878  * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted.
7879  */
7880 /*ARGSUSED*/
7881     int
7882 screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, force, wp)
7883     int		off;
7884     int		row;
7885     int		line_count;
7886     int		end;
7887     int		force;		/* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */
7888     win_T	*wp;		/* NULL or window to use width from */
7889 {
7890     int		j;
7891     int		i;
7892     unsigned	temp;
7893     int		cursor_row;
7894     int		cursor_end;
7895     int		result_empty;	/* result is empty until end of region */
7896     int		can_delete;	/* deleting line codes can be used */
7897     int		type;
7898 
7899     /*
7900      * FAIL if
7901      * - there is no valid screen
7902      * - the screen has to be redrawn completely
7903      * - the line count is less than one
7904      * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll'
7905      */
7906     if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 ||
7907 					 (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll))
7908 	return FAIL;
7909 
7910     /*
7911      * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty.
7912      */
7913     result_empty = row + line_count >= end;
7914 
7915     /*
7916      * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option
7917      * available.
7918      */
7919     can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE));
7920 
7921     /*
7922      * There are six ways to delete lines:
7923      * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the
7924      *    characters from ScreenLines[].
7925      * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty.
7926      * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist.
7927      * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or
7928      *	  none of the other ways work.
7929      * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty.
7930      * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists.
7931      * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[].
7932      */
7933 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
7934     if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL)
7935 	type = USE_REDRAW;
7936     else
7937 #endif
7938     if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty)
7939 	type = USE_T_CD;
7940 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8)
7941     /*
7942      * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in
7943      * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB !=
7944      * NUL.  It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_*
7945      * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do
7946      * the trick...
7947      * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release.
7948      * (Olaf Seibert)
7949      */
7950     else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option
7951 					&& (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL))
7952 #else
7953     else if (row == 0 && (
7954 #ifndef AMIGA
7955 	/* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll
7956 	 * up, so use delete-line command */
7957 			    line_count == 1 ||
7958 #endif
7959 						*T_CDL == NUL))
7960 #endif
7961 	type = USE_NL;
7962     else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete)
7963 	type = USE_T_CDL;
7964     else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty
7965 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
7966 	    && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns)
7967 #endif
7968 	    )
7969 	type = USE_T_CE;
7970     else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete)
7971 	type = USE_T_DL;
7972     else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete)
7973 	type = USE_T_CDL;
7974     else
7975 	return FAIL;
7976 
7977 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
7978     /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or
7979      * not the full width of the screen. */
7980     if (off + row > 0
7981 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
7982 	    || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
7983 # endif
7984        )
7985 	clip_clear_selection();
7986     else
7987 	clip_scroll_selection(line_count);
7988 #endif
7989 
7990 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7991     /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the
7992      * scrolling is actually carried out. */
7993     gui_dont_update_cursor();
7994 #endif
7995 
7996     if (*T_CCS != NUL)	    /* cursor relative to region */
7997     {
7998 	cursor_row = row;
7999 	cursor_end = end;
8000     }
8001     else
8002     {
8003 	cursor_row = row + off;
8004 	cursor_end = end + off;
8005     }
8006 
8007     /*
8008      * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines.
8009      * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[].
8010      */
8011     row += off;
8012     end += off;
8013     for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i)
8014     {
8015 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8016 	if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8017 	{
8018 	    /* need to copy part of a line */
8019 	    j = row + i;
8020 	    while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1)
8021 		linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp);
8022 	    j -= line_count;
8023 	    if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8024 		lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8025 	    else
8026 		lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8027 	    LineWraps[j] = FALSE;
8028 	}
8029 	else
8030 #endif
8031 	{
8032 	    /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */
8033 	    j = row + i;
8034 	    temp = LineOffset[j];
8035 	    while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1)
8036 	    {
8037 		LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j];
8038 		LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j];
8039 	    }
8040 	    LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp;
8041 	    LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE;
8042 	    if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8043 		lineclear(temp, (int)Columns);
8044 	    else
8045 		lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns);
8046 	}
8047     }
8048 
8049     screen_stop_highlight();
8050 
8051 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8052     /* redraw the characters */
8053     if (type == USE_REDRAW)
8054 	redraw_block(row, end, wp);
8055     else
8056 #endif
8057 	if (type == USE_T_CD)	/* delete the lines */
8058     {
8059 	windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8060 	out_str(T_CD);
8061 	screen_start();			/* don't know where cursor is now */
8062     }
8063     else if (type == USE_T_CDL)
8064     {
8065 	windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8066 	term_delete_lines(line_count);
8067 	screen_start();			/* don't know where cursor is now */
8068     }
8069     /*
8070      * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll
8071      * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the
8072      * last line.
8073      */
8074     else if (type == USE_NL)
8075     {
8076 	windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0);
8077 	for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; )
8078 	    out_char('\n');		/* cursor will remain on same line */
8079     }
8080     else
8081     {
8082 	for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; )
8083 	{
8084 	    if (type == USE_T_DL)
8085 	    {
8086 		windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8087 		out_str(T_DL);		/* delete a line */
8088 	    }
8089 	    else /* type == USE_T_CE */
8090 	    {
8091 		windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0);
8092 		out_str(T_CE);		/* erase a line */
8093 	    }
8094 	    screen_start();		/* don't know where cursor is now */
8095 	}
8096     }
8097 
8098     /*
8099      * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been
8100      * scrolled up at the bottom of the region.
8101      */
8102     if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL))
8103     {
8104 	for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i)
8105 	{
8106 	    windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0);
8107 	    out_str(T_CE);		/* erase a line */
8108 	    screen_start();		/* don't know where cursor is now */
8109 	}
8110     }
8111 
8112 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8113     gui_can_update_cursor();
8114     if (gui.in_use)
8115 	out_flush();	/* always flush after a scroll */
8116 #endif
8117 
8118     return OK;
8119 }
8120 
8121 /*
8122  * show the current mode and ruler
8123  *
8124  * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline.
8125  * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be
8126  * cleared only if a mode is shown.
8127  * Return the length of the message (0 if no message).
8128  */
8129     int
8130 showmode()
8131 {
8132     int		need_clear;
8133     int		length = 0;
8134     int		do_mode;
8135     int		attr;
8136     int		nwr_save;
8137 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8138     int		sub_attr;
8139 #endif
8140 
8141     do_mode = (p_smd && ((State & INSERT) || restart_edit
8142 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
8143 		|| VIsual_active
8144 #endif
8145 		));
8146     if (do_mode || Recording)
8147     {
8148 	/*
8149 	 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping.
8150 	 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because
8151 	 * it takes a bit of time.
8152 	 */
8153 	if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0)
8154 	{
8155 	    redraw_cmdline = TRUE;		/* show mode later */
8156 	    return 0;
8157 	}
8158 
8159 	nwr_save = need_wait_return;
8160 
8161 	/* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */
8162 	check_for_delay(FALSE);
8163 
8164 	/* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */
8165 	need_clear = clear_cmdline;
8166 	if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1)
8167 	    msg_clr_cmdline();			/* will reset clear_cmdline */
8168 
8169 	/* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */
8170 	msg_pos_mode();
8171 	cursor_off();
8172 	attr = hl_attr(HLF_CM);			/* Highlight mode */
8173 	if (do_mode)
8174 	{
8175 	    MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr);
8176 #if defined(FEAT_XIM)
8177 	    if (xic != NULL && im_get_status() && !p_imdisable
8178 					&& curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM)
8179 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */
8180 		MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr);
8181 # else
8182 		MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr);
8183 # endif
8184 #endif
8185 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI)
8186 	    if (gui.in_use)
8187 	    {
8188 		if (hangul_input_state_get())
8189 		    MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr);   /* HANGUL */
8190 	    }
8191 #endif
8192 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8193 	    if (edit_submode != NULL)		/* CTRL-X in Insert mode */
8194 	    {
8195 		/* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow
8196 		 * window.  Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */
8197 		length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3;
8198 		if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
8199 		    length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra);
8200 		if (length > 0)
8201 		{
8202 		    if (edit_submode_pre != NULL)
8203 			length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre);
8204 		    if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0)
8205 		    {
8206 			if (edit_submode_pre != NULL)
8207 			    msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr);
8208 			msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr);
8209 		    }
8210 		    if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
8211 		    {
8212 			MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr);  /* add a space in between */
8213 			if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT)
8214 			    sub_attr = hl_attr(edit_submode_highl);
8215 			else
8216 			    sub_attr = attr;
8217 			msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr);
8218 		    }
8219 		}
8220 		length = 0;
8221 	    }
8222 	    else
8223 #endif
8224 	    {
8225 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8226 		if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
8227 		    MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr);
8228 		else
8229 #endif
8230 		    if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8231 		    MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr);
8232 		else if (State & INSERT)
8233 		{
8234 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8235 		    if (p_ri)
8236 			MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr);
8237 #endif
8238 		    MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr);
8239 		}
8240 		else if (restart_edit == 'I')
8241 		    MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr);
8242 		else if (restart_edit == 'R')
8243 		    MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr);
8244 		else if (restart_edit == 'V')
8245 		    MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr);
8246 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8247 		if (p_hkmap)
8248 		    MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr);
8249 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
8250 		if (p_fkmap)
8251 		    MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr);
8252 # endif
8253 #endif
8254 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP
8255 		if (State & LANGMAP)
8256 		{
8257 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
8258 		    if (curwin->w_p_arab)
8259 			MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr);
8260 		    else
8261 # endif
8262 			MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (lang)"), attr);
8263 		}
8264 #endif
8265 		if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste)
8266 		    MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr);
8267 
8268 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
8269 		if (VIsual_active)
8270 		{
8271 		    char *p;
8272 
8273 		    /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation
8274 		     * problems. */
8275 		    switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0)
8276 			    + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2
8277 			    + (VIsual_mode == 'V'))
8278 		    {
8279 			case 0:	p = N_(" VISUAL"); break;
8280 			case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break;
8281 			case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break;
8282 			case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break;
8283 			case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break;
8284 			default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break;
8285 		    }
8286 		    MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr);
8287 		}
8288 #endif
8289 		MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr);
8290 	    }
8291 	    need_clear = TRUE;
8292 	}
8293 	if (Recording
8294 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8295 		&& edit_submode == NULL	    /* otherwise it gets too long */
8296 #endif
8297 		)
8298 	{
8299 	    MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr);
8300 	    need_clear = TRUE;
8301 	}
8302 	if (need_clear || clear_cmdline)
8303 	    msg_clr_eos();
8304 	msg_didout = FALSE;		/* overwrite this message */
8305 	length = msg_col;
8306 	msg_col = 0;
8307 	need_wait_return = nwr_save;	/* never ask for hit-return for this */
8308     }
8309     else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0)
8310 	/* Clear the whole command line.  Will reset "clear_cmdline". */
8311 	msg_clr_cmdline();
8312 
8313 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
8314 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
8315     /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */
8316     if (VIsual_active)
8317 	clear_showcmd();
8318 # endif
8319 
8320     /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode
8321      * message and must be redrawn */
8322     if (redrawing()
8323 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8324 	    && lastwin->w_status_height == 0
8325 # endif
8326        )
8327 	win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE);
8328 #endif
8329     redraw_cmdline = FALSE;
8330     clear_cmdline = FALSE;
8331 
8332     return length;
8333 }
8334 
8335 /*
8336  * Position for a mode message.
8337  */
8338     static void
8339 msg_pos_mode()
8340 {
8341     msg_col = 0;
8342     msg_row = Rows - 1;
8343 }
8344 
8345 /*
8346  * Delete mode message.  Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end
8347  * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!).
8348  */
8349     void
8350 unshowmode(force)
8351     int	    force;
8352 {
8353     /*
8354      * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or insided a mapping.
8355      */
8356     if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped))
8357 	redraw_cmdline = TRUE;		/* delete mode later */
8358     else
8359     {
8360 	msg_pos_mode();
8361 	if (Recording)
8362 	    MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), hl_attr(HLF_CM));
8363 	msg_clr_eos();
8364     }
8365 }
8366 
8367 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT)
8368 /*
8369  * Get the character to use in a status line.  Get its attributes in "*attr".
8370  */
8371     static int
8372 fillchar_status(attr, is_curwin)
8373     int		*attr;
8374     int		is_curwin;
8375 {
8376     int fill;
8377     if (is_curwin)
8378     {
8379 	*attr = hl_attr(HLF_S);
8380 	fill = fill_stl;
8381     }
8382     else
8383     {
8384 	*attr = hl_attr(HLF_SNC);
8385 	fill = fill_stlnc;
8386     }
8387     /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current
8388      * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the
8389      * current window */
8390     if (*attr != 0 && ((hl_attr(HLF_S) != hl_attr(HLF_SNC)
8391 			|| !is_curwin || firstwin == lastwin)
8392 		    || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc)))
8393 	return fill;
8394     if (is_curwin)
8395 	return '^';
8396     return '=';
8397 }
8398 #endif
8399 
8400 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8401 /*
8402  * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows.
8403  * Get its attributes in "*attr".
8404  */
8405     static int
8406 fillchar_vsep(attr)
8407     int	    *attr;
8408 {
8409     *attr = hl_attr(HLF_C);
8410     if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ')
8411 	return '|';
8412     else
8413 	return fill_vert;
8414 }
8415 #endif
8416 
8417 /*
8418  * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done.
8419  */
8420     int
8421 redrawing()
8422 {
8423     return (!RedrawingDisabled
8424 		       && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw));
8425 }
8426 
8427 /*
8428  * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done.
8429  */
8430     int
8431 messaging()
8432 {
8433     return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped));
8434 }
8435 
8436 /*
8437  * Show current status info in ruler and various other places
8438  * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed.
8439  */
8440     void
8441 showruler(always)
8442     int	    always;
8443 {
8444     if (!always && !redrawing())
8445 	return;
8446 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
8447     if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height)
8448 	win_redr_custom(curwin, FALSE);
8449     else
8450 #endif
8451 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
8452 	win_redr_ruler(curwin, always);
8453 #endif
8454 
8455 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
8456     if (need_maketitle
8457 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
8458 	    || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON))
8459 	    || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE))
8460 # endif
8461        )
8462 	maketitle();
8463 #endif
8464 }
8465 
8466 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
8467     static void
8468 win_redr_ruler(wp, always)
8469     win_T	*wp;
8470     int		always;
8471 {
8472     char_u	buffer[70];
8473     int		row;
8474     int		fillchar;
8475     int		attr;
8476     int		empty_line = FALSE;
8477     colnr_T	virtcol;
8478     int		i;
8479     int		o;
8480 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8481     int		this_ru_col;
8482     int		off = 0;
8483     int		width = Columns;
8484 # define WITH_OFF(x) x
8485 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) x
8486 #else
8487 # define WITH_OFF(x) 0
8488 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) Columns
8489 # define this_ru_col ru_col
8490 #endif
8491 
8492     /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */
8493     if (!p_ru)
8494 	return;
8495 
8496     /*
8497      * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called
8498      * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected.
8499      */
8500     if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count)
8501 	return;
8502 
8503 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8504     /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite
8505      * the (long) mode message. */
8506 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8507     if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0)
8508 # endif
8509 	if (edit_submode != NULL)
8510 	    return;
8511 #endif
8512 
8513 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
8514     if (*p_ruf)
8515     {
8516 	win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE);
8517 	return;
8518     }
8519 #endif
8520 
8521     /*
8522      * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1").
8523      */
8524     if (!(State & INSERT)
8525 		&& *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL)
8526 	empty_line = TRUE;
8527 
8528     /*
8529      * Only draw the ruler when something changed.
8530      */
8531     validate_virtcol_win(wp);
8532     if (       redraw_cmdline
8533 	    || always
8534 	    || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum
8535 	    || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col
8536 	    || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol
8537 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
8538 	    || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd
8539 #endif
8540 	    || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline
8541 	    || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count
8542 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
8543 	    || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill
8544 #endif
8545 	    || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty)
8546     {
8547 	cursor_off();
8548 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8549 	if (wp->w_status_height)
8550 	{
8551 	    row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height;
8552 	    fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
8553 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8554 	    off = W_WINCOL(wp);
8555 	    width = W_WIDTH(wp);
8556 # endif
8557 	}
8558 	else
8559 #endif
8560 	{
8561 	    row = Rows - 1;
8562 	    fillchar = ' ';
8563 	    attr = 0;
8564 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8565 	    width = Columns;
8566 	    off = 0;
8567 #endif
8568 	}
8569 
8570 	/* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */
8571 	virtcol = wp->w_virtcol;
8572 	if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL)
8573 	{
8574 	    wp->w_p_list = FALSE;
8575 	    getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL);
8576 	    wp->w_p_list = TRUE;
8577 	}
8578 
8579 	/*
8580 	 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer.
8581 	 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here.
8582 	 */
8583 	sprintf((char *)buffer, "%ld,",
8584 		(wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY)
8585 		    ? 0L
8586 		    : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum));
8587 	col_print(buffer + STRLEN(buffer),
8588 			empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1,
8589 			(int)virtcol + 1);
8590 
8591 	/*
8592 	 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it.
8593 	 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the
8594 	 * screen up on some terminals).
8595 	 */
8596 	i = (int)STRLEN(buffer);
8597 	get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1);
8598 	o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1);
8599 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8600 	if (wp->w_status_height == 0)	/* can't use last char of screen */
8601 #endif
8602 	    ++o;
8603 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8604 	this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width);
8605 	if (this_ru_col < 0)
8606 	    this_ru_col = 0;
8607 #endif
8608 	/* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other
8609 	 * half for the filename. */
8610 	if (this_ru_col < (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2)
8611 	    this_ru_col = (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2;
8612 	if (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width))
8613 	{
8614 	    while (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width))
8615 	    {
8616 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8617 		if (has_mbyte)
8618 		    i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i);
8619 		else
8620 #endif
8621 		    buffer[i++] = fillchar;
8622 		++o;
8623 	    }
8624 	    get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i);
8625 	}
8626 	/* Truncate at window boundary. */
8627 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8628 	if (has_mbyte)
8629 	{
8630 	    o = 0;
8631 	    for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i))
8632 	    {
8633 		o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i);
8634 		if (this_ru_col + o > WITH_WIDTH(width))
8635 		{
8636 		    buffer[i] = NUL;
8637 		    break;
8638 		}
8639 	    }
8640 	}
8641 	else
8642 #endif
8643 	if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > WITH_WIDTH(width))
8644 	    buffer[WITH_WIDTH(width) - this_ru_col] = NUL;
8645 
8646 	screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off), attr);
8647 	i = redraw_cmdline;
8648 	screen_fill(row, row + 1,
8649 		this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off) + (int)STRLEN(buffer),
8650 		(int)(WITH_OFF(off) + WITH_WIDTH(width)),
8651 		fillchar, fillchar, attr);
8652 	/* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */
8653 	redraw_cmdline = i;
8654 	wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor;
8655 	wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol;
8656 	wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line;
8657 	wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline;
8658 	wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count;
8659 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
8660 	wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill;
8661 #endif
8662     }
8663 }
8664 #endif
8665 
8666 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO)
8667 /*
8668  * Return the width of the 'number' column.
8669  * Zero when 'number' isn't set.
8670  * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count.
8671  */
8672     int
8673 number_width(wp)
8674     win_T	*wp;
8675 {
8676     int		n;
8677     linenr_T	lnum;
8678 
8679     if (!wp->w_p_nu)
8680 	return 0;
8681 
8682     lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count;
8683     if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count)
8684 	return wp->w_nrwidth_width;
8685     wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum;
8686 
8687     n = 0;
8688     do
8689     {
8690         lnum /= 10;
8691         ++n;
8692     } while (lnum > 0);
8693 
8694     /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */
8695     if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1)
8696 	n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1;
8697 
8698     wp->w_nrwidth_width = n;
8699     return n;
8700 }
8701 #endif
8702